P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Service
Workshop Manual
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ ,
Caddy 2011 ➤ ,
Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ,
Caddy Pickup 1997 ➤ ,
Caravelle 2010 ➤ , Crafter 2006 ➤ ,
LT 1997 ➤ , Multivan 2010 ➤ ,
Transporter 1991 ➤ ,
Transporter 1996 ➤ ,
Transporter 2004 ➤ ,
Transporter 2010 ➤ , Zugkopf 2010 ➤
Wheels and Tyres Guide
Edition 11.2012
Service Department. Technical Information
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Re pa ir G ro up
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.
No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2012 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg K0056560120
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Contents
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 General notes on wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Legislative and technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Legislative conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3 Additional wheel housing extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.4 “Series 80” tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Documents and codes/designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.1 New vehicle registration documents since 01.10.2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2 COC document (EEC Certificate of Conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4 Official type designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1 Official type approval, sales or trade designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5 EU tyre label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.1 EU tyre label, summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.2 EU tyre label, objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3 EU tyre label, categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
6 Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6.1 Useful information regarding tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6.2 Tyre wear/ mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.3 Tyre noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.4 Rough running caused by wheels/tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.5 Vehicle pulls to one side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6.6 Tyre damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.7 Useful information about rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6.8 Fitting and removing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6.9 Breakdown set for VW Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7 Wheel and tyre combinations, Amarok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.1 Vehicles without wheel house extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.2 Wheel allocation for vehicles without wheel house extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.3 Vehicles with wheel house extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7.4 Wheel allocation for vehicles with wheel house extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8 Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy model year 1996 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.1 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Kombi, type 9KV and Caddy panel van, type 9KVF,
model year 1996 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.2 Wheel allocation for Caddy Kombi type 9 KV and Caddy panel van type 9KVF, model year
1996 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
9 Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy pickup, model year 1997 to model year 2002 . . . . . . 76
9.1 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy pickup, type 9U, model year 1997 to model year
2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
9.2 Wheel allocation Caddy pickup, type 9U, model year 1997 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . 77
10 Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) . . 78
10.1 Appendix for certificate statement, Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA, model year 2004 to
model year 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
10.2 Appendix for certificate statement, Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA, from model year 2009
to model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
10.3 Wheel allocation for Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA, from model year 2004 to model year
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
10.4 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH, from model year 2008
to model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.5 Wheel allocation for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH, from model year 2008 to model
year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
10.6 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB, model year 2004 to model year
2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Contents i
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
10.7 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB, from model year 2009 to model
year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
10.8 Wheel allocation for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB, from model year 2004 to model year
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
10.9 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2KJ, from model year 2008 to
model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
10.10 Wheel allocation for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2KJ, from model year 2008 to model year
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
11 Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
11.1 Appendix for certificate statement for Caddy panel van, sales type 2CA from model year
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
11.2 Wheel allocation Caddy panel van, sales type 2CA from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
11.3 Appendix for certificate statement for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2CB from model year 2011
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
11.4 Wheel allocation for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2CB from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
11.5 Appendix for certificate statement for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2CH from model year
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
11.6 Wheel allocation for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2CH from model year 2011 . . . . . . 104
11.7 Appendix for certificate statement for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2CJ from model year
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
11.8 Wheel allocation for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2CJ from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . 109
12 Wheel and tyre combinations, Transporter model year 1991 to model year 1995 . . . . . . . . 112
12.1 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter, Transporter Syncro, type 70X0 A to D and 70X1
A to D, model year 1991 to model year 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
12.2 Wheel allocation Transporter, Transporter Syncro, type 70X0 A to D and 70X1 A to D model
year 1991 to model year 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
13 Wheel and tyre combinations, Transporter from January 1996 to model year 2003 . . . . . . 117
13.1 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter, Transporter Syncro, type 70X02 A to D and 70X12
A to D, from January 1996 to model year 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
13.2 Transporter, Transporter Syncro from January 1996 to model year 2003 (passenger
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
13.3 Wheel allocation Transporter, Transporter Syncro from January 1996 to model year 2003
(passenger vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
13.4 Transporter, Transporter Syncro, 111 kW TDI model year 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
13.5 Wheel allocation Transporter, Transporter Syncro, 111 kW TDI model year 2000 . . . . . . 122
13.6 Transporter, Transporter Syncro 111 kW TDI and V6 150 kW from model year 2001 to model
year 2003 as well as 65 kW, 75 kW and 85 kW from model year 2002 to model year 2003
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
13.7 Wheel allocation Transporter, Transporter Syncro 111 kW TDI and V6 150 kW from model
year 2001 to model year 2003 as well as 65 kW, 75 kW and 85 kW from model year 2002 to
model year 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
14 Wheel and tyre combinations, Transporter from model year 2004 to model year 2009 . . . . 126
14.1 Appendix for parts certificate Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan model year 2004 to model
year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
14.2 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan model year 2004 to model year
2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
14.3 Appendix for parts certificate Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan model year 2008 to model
year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
14.4 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan model year 2008 to model year
2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
14.5 Appendix for parts certificate Transporter, sales type 7HC California model year 2004 to
model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
14.6 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7HC California model year 2004 to model year
2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
14.7 Appendix for parts certificate Transporter, sales type 7HC California model year 2008 to
model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
14.8 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7HC California model year 2008 to model year
2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
14.9 Appendix for parts certificate Transporter, sales type 7HF, Multivan Beach model year 2004
to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
ii Contents
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
14.10 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7HF; Multivan Beach model year 2004 to model
year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
14.11 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter, sales type 7HF; Multivan Beach, Multivan
Startline, California Beach model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
14.12 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7HF; Multivan Beach, Multivan Startline,
California Beach model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
14.13 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter Kombi; Transporter Shuttle; Caravelle, sales type
7HB and 7HJ model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
14.14 Wheel allocation for Transporter Kombi; Transporter Shuttle; Caravelle, sales type 7HB and
7HJ model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
14.15 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter Kombi; Transporter Shuttle; Caravelle, sales type
14.16 Wheel allocation for Transporter Kombi; Transporter Shuttle; Caravelle, sales type 7HB and
14.17 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum
14.18 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum permitted
14.19 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum
14.20 Wheel allocation for Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum permitted
14.21 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a
14.22 Wheel allocation for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum
14.23 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a
14.24 Wheel allocation for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum
14.25 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a
7HB and 7HJ model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
7HJ model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
permitted weight to 3000 kg, model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
weight to 3000 kg, model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
permitted weight to 3000 kg, model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
weight to 3000 kg, model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
maximum permitted weight to 3000 kg, model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . 173
permitted weight to 3000 kg, model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
maximum permitted weight to 3000 kg, model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . 177
permitted weight to 3000 kg, model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
maximum permitted weight of 3200 kg, model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . 182
14.26 Wheel allocation for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum
permitted weight of 3200 kg, model year 2004 to model year 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
14.27 Appendix for parts certificate, Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a
maximum permitted weight of 3200 kg, model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . 184
14.28 Wheel allocation for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum
permitted weight of 3200 kg, model year 2008 to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
15 Wheel and tyre combinations, Transporter, from model year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.1 Appendix for certificate statement, Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080
kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.2 Wheel allocation for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080 kg . . . . . . . . 191
15.3 Appendix for certificate statement, Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080
kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
15.4 Wheel allocation for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080 kg . . . . . . . . 199
15.5 Appendix for certificate statement, Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080
kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
15.6 Wheel allocation for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080 kg . . . . . . . . 208
15.7 Appendix for certificate statement, Transporter with a maximum permitted weight above 3080
kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
15.8 Wheel allocation for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight above 3080 kg . . . . . . 216
16 Wheel and tyre combinations, LT, model year 1997 to model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
16.1 Appendix for parts certificate, LT, type 2DM model year 1997 to model year 2006 . . . . . . 219
16.2 Wheel allocation for LT type 2DM, model year 1997 to model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
17 Wheel and tyre combinations, Crafter, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
17.1 Appendix for certificate statements, Crafter 30 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE with a maximum
permitted weight to 3190 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
17.2 Wheel allocation, Crafter 30 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE with a maximum permitted weight
to 3190 kg from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
17.3 Appendix for certificate statements, Crafter 35 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE, 2EK with a
maximum permitted weight to 3500 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Contents iii
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
17.4 Wheel allocation for Crafter 35 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE, 2EK with a maximum permitted
weight to 3500 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
17.5 Appendix for certificate statements Crafter 30 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED with a
maximum permitted weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
17.6 Wheel allocation for Crafter 30 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
17.7 Appendix for certificate statement Crafter 35 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with
a maximum permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
17.8 Wheel allocation for Crafter 35 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum
permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
17.9 Appendix for certificate statement Crafter 50 panel van, sales type 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a
maximum permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
17.10 Wheel allocation for Crafter 50 panel van, sales type 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum
permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
17.11 Appendix for certificate statement for Crafter 30 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF with a
maximum permitted weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
17.12 Wheel allocation for Crafter 30 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
17.13 Appendix for certificate statements for Crafter 35 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FC, 2FF,
2FG, 2FL, 2FM, 2FZ with a maximum permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
17.14 Wheel allocation for Crafter 35 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FC, 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM, 2FZ
with a maximum permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
17.15 Appendix for certificate statements for Crafter 50 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF, 2FG,
2FL, 2FM with a maximum permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . 244
17.16 Wheel allocation for Crafter 50 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM with a
maximum permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
18 Recommended summer tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
18.1 Summer tyres, Amarok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
18.2 Summer tyres for Caddy, model year 1996 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
18.3 Summer tyres for Caddy Pick Up, model year 1997 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.4 Summer tyres for Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.5 Summer tyres Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH from model year 2008 . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.6 Summer tyres for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
18.7 Summer tyres Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2KJ from model year 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
18.8 Summer tyres Caddy panel van, sales type 2CA from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
18.9 Summer tyres Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2CH from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . 252
18.10 Summer tyres for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2CB, from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
18.11 Summer tyres for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2CH , from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . 253
18.12 Summer tyres for Transporter, model year 1991 to model year 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
18.13 Summer tyres for Transporter from January 1996 to model year 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
18.14 Summer tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . 255
18.15 Summer tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HC California from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . 255
18.16 Summer tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HF; Multivan Beach, Multivan Startline from model
year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
18.17 Summer tyres for Transporter Kombi, Transporter Shuttle, Caravelle, sales type 7HB and
7HJ, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
18.18 Summer tyres for Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum permitted
weight to 3000 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
18.19 Summer tyres for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum permitted
weight to 3000 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
18.20 Summer tyres for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum permitted
weight 3200 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
18.21 Summer tyres for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight 3080 kg, from model year
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
18.22 Summer tyres for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight above 3080 kg, from model
year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
18.23 Summer tyres for LT, model year 1997 to model year 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
18.24 Summer tyres for Crafter 30 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE with a maximum permitted weight
to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
iv Contents
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
18.25 Summer tyres for Crafter 35 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE, 2EK with a maximum permitted
weight to 3500 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
18.26 Summer tyres for Crafter 30 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
18.27 Summer tyres for Crafter 35 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum
permitted weight to 3880 kg from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
18.28 Summer tyres for Crafter 50 panel van, sales type 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum permitted
weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
18.29 Summer tyres for Crafter 30 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
18.30 Summer tyres for Crafter 35 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FC, 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM, 2FZ
with a maximum permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
18.31 Summer tyres for Crafter 50 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM with a
19 Recommended all-season tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
19.1 All-season tyres for Caddy, model year 1996 to model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
19.2 All-season tyres for Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . 263
19.3 All-season tyres Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH, from model year 2008 . . . . . . . . 263
19.4 All-season tyres for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
19.5 All-season tyres Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2KJ, from model year 2008 . . . . . . . . . . 264
19.6 All-season tyres for Caddy panel van, sales type 2CA, from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . 264
19.7 All-season tyres for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2CH, from model year 2011 . . . . . . 264
19.8 All-season tyres for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2CB, from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
19.9 All-season tyres for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2CJ, from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . 265
19.10 All-season tyres for Transporter, model year 1991 to model year 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
19.11 All-season tyres for Transporter from January 1996 to model year 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
19.12 All-season tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan, from model year 2004 . . . . . . 266
19.13 All-season tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HC California, from model year 2004 . . . . . . 266
19.14 All-season tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HF; Multivan Beach, Multivan Startline, from
19.15 All-season tyres for Transporter Kombi; Transporter Shuttle; Caravelle, sales type 7HB and
19.16 All-season tyres for Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum permitted
19.17 All-season tyres for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum
maximum permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
7HJ, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
weight to 3000 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
permitted weight to 3000 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
19.18 All-season tyres for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum
permitted weight of 3200 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
19.19 All-season tyres for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight to 3080 kg from model
year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
19.20 All-season tyres for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight above 3080 kg, from model
year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
19.21 All-season tyres for LT, model year 1997 to model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
19.22 All-season tyres for Crafter 30 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE with a maximum permitted weight
to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
19.23 All-season tyres for Crafter 35 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE, 2EK with a maximum permitted
weight to 3500 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
19.24 All-season tyres for Crafter 30 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
19.25 All-season tyres for Crafter 35 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum
permitted weight to 3880 kg from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.26 All-season tyres for Crafter 50 panel van, sales type 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum
permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.27 All-season tyres for Crafter 30 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.28 All-season tyres for Crafter 35 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FC, 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM, 2FZ
with a maximum permitted weight to 3880 kg from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.29 All-season tyres for Crafter 50 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM with a
maximum permitted weight to 5000 kg from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
20 Recommended winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Contents v
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
20.1 Amarok winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
20.2 Winter tyres for Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
20.3 Winter tyres for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH from model year 2008 . . . . . . . . 272
20.4 Winter tyres for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.5 Winter tyres for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2KJ from model year 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.6 Winter tyres for Caddy panel van, sales type 2CA from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.7 Winter tyres for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2CH from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . 274
20.8 Winter tyres for Caddy Kombi, sales type 2CB from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.9 Winter tyres for Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2CJ from model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.10 Winter tyres for Transporter, model year 1991 to model year 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
20.11 Winter tyres for Transporter from January 1996 to model year 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
20.12 Winter tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HM Multivan from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . 275
20.13 Winter tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HC California from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . 275
20.14 Winter tyres for Transporter, sales type 7HF; Multivan Beach, Multivan Startline from model
year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.15 Winter tyres for Transporter Kombi, Transporter Shuttle, Caravelle, sales type 7HB and 7HJ
from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.16 Winter tyres for Transporter, sales type 7JD; 7JE; 7JL; 7JZ with a maximum permitted weight
to 3000 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.17 Winter tyres for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum permitted
weight to 3000 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.18 Winter tyres for Transporter panel van, sales type 7HA and 7HH with a maximum permitted
weight of 3200 kg, from model year 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.19 Winter tyres for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight of 3080 kg, from model year
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.20 Winter tyres for Transporter with a maximum permitted weight above 3080 kg, from model
year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
20.21 Winter tyres for LT, model year 1997 to model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
20.22 Winter tyres for Crafter 30 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE with a maximum permitted weight to
3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
20.23 Winter tyres for Crafter 35 Kombi, sales type 2EB, 2EE, 2EK with a maximum permitted
weight to 3500 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
20.24 Winter tyres for Crafter 30 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED with a maximum permitted weight
to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
20.25 Winter tyres for Crafter 35 panel van, sales type 2EA, 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum
permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
20.26 Winter tyres for Crafter 50 panel van, sales type 2ED, 2EH, 2EX with a maximum permitted
weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
20.27 Winter tyres for Crafter 30 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FF with a maximum permitted
weight to 3025 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
20.28 Winter tyres for Crafter 35 chassis, dropside, sales type 2FC, 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM, 2FZ with
a maximum permitted weight to 3880 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
20.29 Winter tyres for Crafter 50 chassis, drop-side, sales type 2FF, 2FG, 2FL, 2FM with a
maximum permitted weight to 5000 kg, from model year 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
vi Contents
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
44 – Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
1 General notes on wheels and tyres
(commercial vehicles)
(VRL005145; Edition 11.2012)
This information is intended to help you form an opinion as precise
and accurate as possible in cases of tyre damage and other com‐
plaints.
In this chapter you will learn more about tyres and wheels/rims.
Tyres are high-tech products that are especially adapted to the
requirements of modern vehicles.
As with all highly developed technical products, tyres require
proper care, maintenance and service. This is essential to ensure
safety, performance and comfort for the entire service life of the
tyre.
Tyres are constantly being further developed. Quality tyres are
the result of modern design methods and production processes,
as well as continuous quality checks. All tyres that are recom‐
mended by VW have been tested by the technical development
department and have been designed specifically for each model
in collaboration with the tyre manufacturers.
We therefore recommend fitting only the recommended tyre
makes when renewing tyres.
Vehicle safety is the top priority. With regard to the various oper‐
ating conditions such as
• differing speed ranges,
• winter and summer use and
• wet and dry roads,
the optimal compromise for vehicle safety must be found.
Every tyre is subjected to a wide range of different driving condi‐
tions over its entire service life. It is therefore important that the
basic requirements for ensuring optimal tyre performance are
met.
Proper adjustment of the axle geometry during wheel alignment
is an important prerequisite for ensuring the maximum service life
of the tyre. The wheel alignment must always be within the speci‐
fied tolerance range.
Information for wheel alignment ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 .
Note
Tyre damage and related problems can have various causes. It
is, therefore, very important that you determine whether the prob‐
lem has been caused by the tyre or by other components.
Normal wear and tear on a tyre will alter its characteristics. Rolling
noises or rough running can be the result of such wear. These are
simply the symptoms of normal wear and tear and do not consti‐
tute damage in the sense of the tyre being defective. You can take
measures to eliminate the symptoms at least to some degree.
However, in some cases it may not be possible to eliminate tyre
noise completely.
1. General notes on wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 1
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Special models
Special models are only partly represented in the tables in ap‐
pendix 2 or appendix for parts certificate. Modification of these
vehicles depends on the engine capacity of the basic model.
2 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
2 Legislative and technical conditions
for converting wheel and tyre combi‐
nations
2.1 Legislative conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations
The manufacturer is issued with a general operating permit (GTA
in accordance with § 20 StVZO (German road traffic and licensing
regulations) and EU operating permit) for the overall vehicle with
all parts for specific conversions.
Conversions of wheels and tyres can only be carried out under
certain conditions. When doing this, the following points must be
observed:
♦ If the size of wheel and tyre, with an indication of the load index
and the speed symbol, is included in the vehicle GTA and EU
operating permit/type approval ⇒ page 6 , this wheel and
tyre combination can be fitted on the vehicle without any prob‐
lem.
It is not necessary for the wheel and tyre combination specified
in the registration certificate part I (certificate of registration) to be
fitted. All combinations approved in the vehicle GTA or EU oper‐
ating permit/type approval ⇒ page 6 may be fitted to the
vehicle.
♦ There is no general type approval according to § 22 StVZO for
the modifications recommended by Volkswagen AG (see at‐
tachment or Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate).
♦ Unless the wheels and/or tyres are included in the relevant
vehicle GTA or EU operating permit/type approval, the vehicle
will no longer meet the requirements of the road traffic regu‐
lations if converted.
These versions are based on the conditions valid in the European
Union and no guarantee can be provided for their completeness.
In some cases there are different legislative requirements outside
the European Union.
The table included in the attachment or Appendix 2 to Parts Cer‐
tificate shows the Volkswagen AG recommended and TÜV
NORD Mobilität GmbH Co. KG tested wheel and tyre combina‐
tions on VW vehicles and also the conditions to be observed for
fitting. The use of genuine disc-type wheels on a vehicle to which
they have not been allocated is not permissible.
The list of possible conversions deals with combinations that meet
the requirements of Volkswagen AG with regards to road handling
and road safety. They are the result of practical trials and are
therefore recommended by Volkswagen AG.
Refer also to the new vehicle registration documents that were
issued from 01.10.2005 ⇒ page 5 .
2.2 Technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations
• The wheel and tyre combinations and conversions listed in the
tables of the individual vehicles refer exclusively to Volkswa‐
gen genuine wheels.
• Approval of wheel and tyre combinations or a change to
wheels from the accessories trade is not possible with the
parts certificate attached here.
2. Legislative and technical conditions for converting wheel and tyre combinations 3
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
• Tubeless radial tyres may only be fitted to rims with a safety
hump feature on the shoulder.
• If the wheel and tyre combinations listed are used, the asso‐
ciated tyre inflation pressures must be adhered to. The tyre
inflation pressure for summer tyres can be found on the sticker
on the inside of the tank flap or in the tables of the individual
vehicles.
• Sufficient clearance to the wheels and tyres at parts of the
wheel housing, suspension and braking system is assured if
the notes and specifications established in the parts certificate
are observed in all operating conditions.
• Unless otherwise stated, snow chains may be fitted only to the
drive wheels.
• The same sized wheels and tyres must be used at the front
and rear of the vehicle. On vehicles with all-wheel drive, tyres
must be of the same manufacturer and have the same tread
profile.
2.3 Additional wheel housing extensions
For technical reasons, some vehicles require wheel housing ex‐
tensions on the wing or bumper -arrows- when using certain
wheel and tyre combinations.
Please check if there is a requirement to fit the extensions.
The information is located in the overview table for the respective
vehicle.
2.4 “Series 80” tyres
Tyres of the “80” series (e.g. 145/80 R 13 74 S) will replace the
“82” series (e.g. 145/82 R 13 74 S). Legislation stipulates that “82”
series tyres may be replaced by “80” series tyres without having
been entered in the vehicle documents.
The condition for this is that the “80” series tyres have the same
width are of the same type – cross-ply or radial belted – and have
the same or higher load index.
If only “80” series tyres are entered in the vehicle documents, “82”
series tyres may only be used if an entry has been made in the
vehicle documents.
4 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
3 Documents and codes/designations
3.1 New vehicle registration documents since 01.10.2005
The implementation of EU Directive 1999/37/EU "Registration
Documents for Vehicles" in national law and legal requirements
for data protection have necessitated the introduction of new, fal‐
sification-proof registration documents.
Since 01.10.2005, only the new documents are issued by the
registration authorities in the event of new registrations, change
of ownership, registration of technical modifications and all other
matters.
The new registration documents are comprised of:
♦ Registration certificate part I, which replaces the certificate of
registration and
♦ Registration certificate part II, which replaces the vehicle log
book.
Registration certificate part I (certificate of registration)
♦ Contains all vehicle technical data which must be available to
register a vehicle in Europe; however, only one wheel and tyre
combination approved as standard is specified
♦ Contains the EU-wide, standardised, alphanumerical codes
assigned to the technical data, so that the German registration
certificate can be converted without problems into the regis‐
tration document prescribed in other EU states for registration
there
♦ Contains a field for documenting temporary or final immobili‐
sation of the vehicle, and is therefore no longer withdrawn in
the event of temporary or final immobilisation.
Registration certificate part II (vehicle log book)
♦ Contains the note that the holder of the registration certificate
is not identified as the owner
♦ Contains only the current and, if applicable, the previous ve‐
hicle keeper; the actual number of former keepers is shown
numerically
♦ Contains only a small percentage of the technical vehicle data
♦ No longer serves to document temporary vehicle deregistra‐
tion. The vehicle and body type specified under number 1 in
the old vehicle documents will not exist in the future. In the new
documents, this will be replaced by standardised EU vehicle
classes with body type.
Introduction of the new registration documents will lead to barely
any changes for the vehicle operator.
Like the old certificate of registration, the registration certificate
part I (certificate of registration) must be kept in the vehicle and
submitted to responsible persons on request.
It is not necessary for the wheel and tyre combination specified
in the registration certificate part I (certificate of registration) to be
fitted. All combinations approved according to the general vehicle
type approval or EU type approval ⇒ page 6 may be fitted.
The validity of a wheel and tyre combination which deviates from
the general vehicle type approval or EU type approval must still
be verified via an entry in the registration certificate part I (certif‐
icate of registration), an installation certificate based on a part
3. Documents and codes/designations 5
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
certificate or general type approval for the wheel and tyre combi‐
nation.
3.2 COC document (EEC Certificate of Con‐
formity)
Since 1 June, 2004, vehicle manufacturers must apply for an EU
operating permit.
A certificate is produced on the basis of this operating permit - the
COC (Certificate of Conformity).
This document certifies that the vehicle complies with the EU op‐
erating permit (EU type approval) and can be registered in every
EU country without an individual type approval.
The document will be issued for all vehicles that comply with the
EU operating permit.
These vehicles have an EU type plate (black sticker) in the area
of the driver's door, or in the case of older vehicles, in the engine
compartment.
The COC document has the same value as the registration docu‐
ment and therefore the original should not be carried on the
vehicle.
The COC document contains the EU general type approval num‐
ber and detailed technical information on the vehicle such as
emissions classification and all the permitted wheel and tyre com‐
binations.
6 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
4 Official type designations
Commercial vehicles licensed for road use in Germany need a
general type approval for the issue of a vehicle title document.
The type approval is issued by the Federal Ministry for Transport
in Flensburg following type inspection. This procedure was per‐
mitted until 31.12.1997 and, in exceptional cases, even after that.
Other member states of the European Union (EU) have different
procedures for issuing a document similar to the German title
document. Until 31.12.1997, each member state was entitled to
issue its own national type approvals according to its own proce‐
dures.
Since 1.1.1998, all commercial vehicles licensed within the Eu‐
ropean Union must have a type approval corresponding to EU
guidelines ⇒ page 7 . Vehicles licensed for road use with sin‐
gle-vehicle approval according to § 21 StVZO in Germany are
excepted.
This means the same guidelines apply to all vehicle manufactur‐
ers. This makes it easier to trade across national borders within
the EU.
4.1 Official type approval, sales or trade designation
In the following table, all VW vehicles which already have EU type
approval are listed in the column "EU type".
All VW vehicles which were granted type approval according to
the procedure valid up to 31.12.97 are listed in the column "Gen‐
eral type approval (GTA)"
If entries appear in both columns "General type approval (GTA)"
and "EU type", there exist vehicles of this model which are ap‐
proved according to both the StVZO and the EU guidelines. In this
case, one must first establish what sort of vehicle one has. There
are two possibilities:
1. possibility
The last page of the vehicle title includes the field “Certified holder
of a general type approval/EEC type approval”. Either the general
type approval number of the EU type approval number is entered
here, assuming it is the original vehicle title document. This is the
case only if the vehicle was not deregistered in the past for longer
than 12 months.
2. possibility
Check whether the general type approval number or the EU type
approval number is entered on the vehicle identification plate.
Official type designation for vehicles
Sales or trade designation
with
GTA type EU type
- 2H Amarok
- 2K Caddy Life 2004 > passenger vehicle
- 2KN Caddy 2004 > with goods vehicle registration
- 9KV Caddy (Kombi)
9KVF - Caddy (panel van)
9U - Caddy (pickup)
70X0A/70X02A - Transporter panel van (T4)
70X0B - Multivan (T4)
70X02B 7DW Camper (T4)
- 7DB Multivan (T4)
4. Official type designations 7
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Official type designation for vehicles
Sales or trade designation
with
GTA type EU type
70X0BL - Camper (T4)
70X02BL 7DW Camper (T4)
70X0BN/
- Ambulance (T4)
70X02BN
70X0C - Caravelle; kombi; bus (T4)
70X02C 7DB Caravelle; kombi; bus (T4)
70X0D/70X02D - Dropside; double cab; chassis cab (T4)
70X1A/70X12A - Transporter Syncro panel van (T4)
70X1B - Multivan Syncro (T4)
70X12B 7DW Camper Syncro (T4)
- 7DWA Camper (M1)
- 7DWA Camper (M1) Syncro
- 7DB Multivan Syncro (T4)
70X1BL - Camper Syncro (T4)
70X12BL 7DW Camper Syncro (T4)
70X1BN/
- Ambulance Syncro (T4)
70X12BN
70X1C - Caravelle Syncro; kombi; bus (T4)
70X12C 7DB Caravelle Syncro; kombi; bus (T4)
70X1D/70X12D - Dropside; double cab; chassis cab (T4)
- 7DZ Multivan, Caravelle (with 16 inch)
- 7DZA Camper (M1 16 inch)
7J0 - Transporter 2004 > goods vehicle registered dropside; double cab;
- 7HM Transporter 2004 > Multivan, Multivan 4MOTION, Business, Multi‐
- 7HMA Transporter 2004 > California camper
- 7HC Transporter 2004 > Transporter passenger vehicle
- 7HCA Transporter 2004 > Transporter passenger vehicle 4MOTION
7HK - Transporter 2004 > goods vehicle registered panel van
7HKX0 - Transporter 2004 > goods vehicle registered panel van 4MOTION
2DX0AE - LT 28/35 panel van, single wheel
2DX0FE - LT 28/35 dropside; double cab; chassis cab, single wheel
2DX0AZ - LT 35/46 panel van, twin wheel
2DX0FZ - LT 35/46 dropside; double cab; chassis cab, twin wheel
- 2DM LT 28/35 kombi, single wheel
- 2EC1 Crafter 2006 > Kombi
- 2EC2 Crafter 2006 > Kombi
2EKE1 - Crafter 2006 > panel van
2EKE2 - Crafter 2006 > panel van
chassis cab
Transporter 2004 > goods vehicle registered dropside; double cab;
chassis cab 4MOTION
van Beach, Multivan Startline
2EKZ - Crafter 2006 > panel van
2FJE1 - Crafter 2006 > vehicle chassis, dropside
2FJE2 - Crafter 2006 > vehicle chassis, dropside
2FJZ - Crafter 2006 > vehicle chassis, dropside
8 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
4. Official type designations 9
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
5 EU tyre label
⇒ “5.1 EU tyre label, summary”, page 10
⇒ “5.2 EU tyre label, objectives”, page 11
⇒ “5.3 EU tyre label, categories”, page 12
5.1 EU tyre label, summary
Tyre manufactures must mark their tyres according to EU regu‐
lation (EC) No. 1222/2009 (labelling of tyres) as of 01 November
2012.
The labelling of tyres regulation contains the requirements refer‐
ence markings and representation of information for rolling re‐
sistance (fuel efficiency), wet grip and external rolling noise on a
standard and approved EU label. The objective is to increase
safety and economic and environmental efficiency of road trans‐
port by promoting fuel efficient and safe tyres with low noise
levels.
The new EU tyre label contains specified data in seven categories
from A to G.
There are three different categories:
1 - Rolling resistance
❑ Explanations
⇒ page 12
2 - Wet grip
❑ Explanations
⇒ page 13
3 - Noise emissions
❑ Explanations
⇒ page 14
10 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
5.2 EU tyre label, objectives
♦ Reducing fuel consumption
♦ Increasing road safety
♦ Reducing traffic noise
The EU tyre label provides the end-user with important informa‐
tion on the properties of the tyre. It does not illustrate, however,
all decisive safety criteria.
♦ The explanation of other properties of the tyre may influence
the decision to purchase.
♦ The customer should be advised of the limited information on
the label of tyre properties, such as no information concerning
winter properties for winter tyres.
♦ Tyre tests are another source of information for specialist
dealers and end-users.
In the tyres tests other leading factors are also tested, which
should be taken into account:
♦ Aquaplaning properties
♦ Driving stability
♦ Steering precision
♦ Service life
♦ Braking properties
♦ Behaviour in winterly conditions
5. EU tyre label 11
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
5.3 EU tyre label, categories
⇒ “5.3.1 EU tyre label, categories, rolling resistance”, page 12
⇒ “5.3.2 EU tyre label, categories, wet grip”, page 13
⇒ “5.3.3 EU tyre label, categories, noise emissions”, page 14
5.3.1 EU tyre label, categories, rolling resist‐
ance
Definition
Rolling resistance:
♦ Defined as, energy consumed by the tyre in respect of the
distance travelled.
♦ Equates to the energy lost per defined unit of distance travel‐
led.
♦ The energy form can be described as the quotient of Newton
meter (Nm) and distance travelled in meter (m). This then pro‐
vides a rolling resistance as a form of force in Newtons (N).
The rolling resistance of a tyre is then described by the coefficient
of rolling resistance (also known as rolling resistance coefficient)
cR:
cR = FR Z
♦ cR - coefficient of rolling resistance
♦ FR - force of rolling resistance
♦ Z - weight of vehicle (sum of all wheel loads)
Objective
♦ Reduction of rolling resistance
♦ Reduction of fuel and CO
Evaluation
♦ Structured in fuel efficiency categories from A to G
♦ Category D is not used
Note
♦
The fuel efficiency category is listed in EU regulation (EC) No.
1222/2009, the tyre is then allocated to the respective cate‐
gory.
♦
The rolling resistance is established by the tyre manufacture
via prescribed tests.
♦
The lower the rolling resistance, the lower the fuel consump‐
2
tion.
A - Lowest rolling resistance = lowest fuel consumption
B - + 0.10 l / 100 km
C - + 0.12 l / 100 km
E - + 0.14 l / 100 km
F - + 0.15 l / 100 km
G - + 0.15 l / 100 km
12 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
5.3.2 EU tyre label, categories, wet grip
Definition
The wet grip index G must be established for the wet grip. The
wet grip index G is established using a deceleration test (distance
required to decelerate from 80 km/h to 20 km/h) using a standar‐
dised vehicle on a wet slippery surface. The test uses a prede‐
fined standard reference test tyre (SRTT), with which the wet grip
index G can be calculated. The calculation uses the mean fully
developed deceleration (mfdd) produced.
The mean fully developed deceleration (mfdd) is calculated as
follows:
mfdd = 231,48S
S - the measured braking distance in metres between 80 km/h
and 20 km/h
The wet grip index G is calculated as follows:
G = mfdd des zu prüfenden Reifensmfdd des Standard-Ref‐
erenzreifens
mffd - mean fully developed deceleration
Objective
♦ Good wet grip of tyre
♦ Greatly reduced bake distance
Evaluation
♦ Structured in wet grip categories from A to G
♦ Categories D and G are not used
Note
♦
The wet grip category is listed in EU regulation (EC) No.
1222/2009, the tyre is then allocated to the respective cate‐
gory.
♦
The lower the wet grip index, the shorter the braking distance.
A - Lowest wet grip index = shortest braking distance
B - 3 to 6 m longer braking distance in comparison with category
A
C - 3 to 6 m longer braking distance in comparison with category
B
E - 3 to 6 m longer braking distance in comparison with category
C
F - 3 to 6 m longer braking distance in comparison with category
E
1 - The braking distance between categories A and F can be more
than 18 m when undertaking an emergency stop at 80 km/h.
5. EU tyre label 13
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
5.3.3 EU tyre label, categories, noise emis‐
sions
Objective
♦ Reduction of pass-by noise
♦ Reducing noise emissions
Evaluation
♦ Measured on outside of vehicle only
♦ Divided into three categories
♦ Three black arcs indicate the worst performance. The tyres
produce a rolling noise that lies below the current limit accord‐
ing to EU regulation 2001/43/EG. The limit lies above the limit
that has been set for from 2016 according to regulation (EG)
No. 661/2009.
♦ Two black arcs: The tyre noise limit lies below the limit that has
been set for from 2016 according to regulation (EG) No.
661/2009.
♦ One black arc: The tyre noise limit lies below the limit that has
been set for from 2016 according to regulation (EG) No.
661/2009, by at least three decibels.
Note
♦
Reducing the noise level from two arcs to one arc equates to
3 dB, which halves the noise level.
♦
Note, the external rolling noise of the tyre does not always
correspond with the noise in the vehicle interior.
14 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6 Facts about wheels and tyres (com‐
mercial vehicles)
6.1 Useful information regarding tyres
6.1.1 Identification markings on the tyre sidewall
Example: Dunlop SP Sport 9000
1 - Size code
❑ e.g. 195/65 R 15 91T
⇒ page 16
2 - Manufacturer (trade name)
3 - Tread pattern
4 - Code for tubeless tyres
5 - Radial construction
❑ Radial cord direction in
6 - Notes for version with “rim
protector”
7 - Production date
❑ Tyre ageing
8 - E number = Approval num‐
ber
❑ Tyre meets European
9 - Country of origin
❑ e.g. manufactured in
10 - Internal DUNLOP tread
code
11 - DOT - Department of
Transportation
❑ Tyre fulfils standards of
carcass
⇒ page 20
guidelines ECE-R30
and EEC92/93.
Germany
the Department of
Transportation of the
United States of Ameri‐
ca.
12 - DOT Code
❑ Identification number for manufacturer's plant, tyre size and tyre model
13 - Maximum permitted load and maximum permitted tyre pressure
❑ Data for North America
14 - Number of plies in the centre of the tread and in the sidewalls as well as information about the material
15 - Position of TWIs (Tread Wear Indicators)
16 - Relative expected service life - abrasion resistance
❑ based on a US standard test
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 15
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
17 - Rating of wet-braking traction, A, B or C
❑ According to a US test
18 - Rating of temperature resistance, A, B or C
❑ According to a US test
19 - Safety notes for use or fitting of tyre
20 - Reference to “ultralight construction”
❑ Tyre is up to 30% lighter.
21 - Specified direction of rotation for tyre
22 - Inmetro code
❑ Required for the Brazilian market only
6.1.2 Explanation of tyre lettering
Explanation of tyre dimensions
Tyres Speed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Summer tyres to 240 km/h 195 65 R 15 91 V -
Winter tyres to 160 km/h 195 65 R 15 91 Q M + S
Winter tyres to 190 km/h 195 65 R 15 91 T M + S
High-speed tyres faster than 240
km/h
225 50 ZR 16 91 - -
1 - Tyre width
2 - Aspect ratio in %
3 - Code for tyre construction: “R” indicates radial
4 - Rim diameter designation
5 - Load rating code/load index (LI)
6 - Speed rating code
7 - Winter tyre/code for all-season tyre
Speed rating/maximum speed
Speed rating code Maximum speed in km/h
L 120
M 130
N 140
P 150
Q 160
R 170
S 180
T 190
U 200
H 210
V 240
ZR above 240
W 270
Y 300
16 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Load rating code/load index (LI)
The load rating can be found on the sidewall of the tyre. It provides
information about the maximum load that the tyre can bear.
The load rating is included in the size designation of the tyre (e.g.
195/65 R 15 91T). It is indicated on the tyre as a code according
to ETRTO. The following table shows the load rating codes used
at VW with the corresponding load capacity of the tyres.
Load rating code Maximum load of tyre in kg
75 387
78 425
79 437
80 450
81 462
82 475
83 487
84 500
85 515
86 530
87 545
88 560
89 580
90 600
91 615
92 630
93 650
94 670
95 690
96 710
97 730
98 750
99 775
100 800
101 825
102 850
103 875
104 900
110 1060
112 1120
113 1150
114 1180
115 1215
116 1250
117 1285
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 17
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.1.3 Speed ratings for tyres
The speed rating (e.g. “T”) following the size of the tyre (e.g.
185/65 R 14 86T)) indicates the maximum permitted speed
(v
) of the tyre.
max
The tyres for the vehicle must be selected so that their maximum
permitted speed is greater than the maximum speed that the ve‐
hicle (“based on model”) can attain.
Vehicles with national type approval
If the vehicle has a national type approval, the maximum speed
for the vehicle is calculated as follows:
Formula for vehicles with v
v
= 1.03 x v + 3.5 km/h ⇒ page 18
max
Example: specified maximum speed v = 145 km/h
v
= 1.03 x 145 km/h + 3.5 km/h = 152.85 km/h
max
In this example, a tyre with the speed rating “Q” or higher must
be used.
Formula for vehicles with v
v
= 1.01 x v + 6.5 km/h ⇒ page 18
max
Example: specified maximum speed v = 163 km/h
v
= 1.01 x 163 km/h + 6.5 km/h = 171.13 km/h
max
up to 150 km/h
max
above 151 km/h
max
In this example, a tyre with the speed rating “S” or higher must be
used.
Vehicles with EC type approval
If your vehicle has an EC type approval, the maximum speed for
all vehicles is calculated as follows:
v
= 1.05 x v ⇒ page 18
max
Example: specified maximum speed v = 172 km/h
v
= 1.05 x 172 km/h 180.60 km/h
max
In this example, a tyre with the speed rating “T” or higher must be
used.
It is permitted to use tyres with a higher speed rating. The same
applies to tyres with a higher load index.
Note
For the letter “v”, enter the maximum speed given in field “T” of
part I or II of the registration document or under number 6 of the
vehicle documentation. This calculation is necessary because all
vehicles, for technical reasons, achieve different maximum
speeds within a legally permitted tolerance.
6.1.4 Undulations
Radial depressions are slight concavities in the tyre sidewall.
They run from the bead towards the shoulder of the tyre. These
parts appear in the figure ⇒ page 44 .
The cause is the accumulation of material at the joints of the tyre
components.
18 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Undulations have no effect on:
♦ Safety,
♦ Service life,
♦ Handling or
♦ Other characteristics of the tyre.
Undulations are visible to varying extents. It is not necessary to
inspect the tyre or remove it from the rim.
What causes undulations?
Modern steel belted tyres are constructed with single-ply side
walls to save weight.
The sidewall components consist of long strips before they are
joined together to form a tyre. They must overlap at the joints.
Consequently, slight irregularities or waves are created in the
area of the overlapping parts. The overlaps are easier to see from
the outside due to the single-ply construction.
6.1.5 Tyre storage
Storage room
Rooms used for storing tyres must be
• dark
• dry,
• cool and
• ventilated
in the tyre storage room.
WARNING
Stored tyres must not come in contact with fuel, oil, grease or
chemicals under any circumstances. Otherwise, the material
in the tyre will be damaged by chemical reactions which are
not always visible.
As a result, dangerous situations can occur when the car is
driven.
Of course, tyre damage occurs only if the tyre is in contact with
the chemical for a relatively long time. If a few drops of fuel land
on a tyre during a fill up, this is of no concern.
Storing the tyres
Complete wheels
Tyres mounted on wheels can be stored flat, stacked one upon
the other. In this case, it is important to ensure that the tyres are
clean and dry. The inflation pressure should be increased to a
maximum of 3 bar.
Tyres without wheels
Tyres without wheels are best stored standing vertically. If tyres
are stacked for a long period of time, they will be pressed together
quite considerably. The tyres will then be more difficult to fit, as
they do not sit on the rim shoulders. If tyres are stored standing
vertically, it is recommended to turn them every 14 days to avoid
flat spots.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 19
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.1.6 Tyre ageing
Tyres age as a result of physical and chemical processes, which
can impair the function of the tyres. Tyres which are stored for
longer periods of time harden and become brittle faster than tyres
which are constantly in use on a vehicle. Older tyres may develop
hairline cracks as a result of ageing. When tyres are in regular
use, the constant flexing activates softeners in the rubber, pre‐
venting hardening and the development of cracks.
It is therefore important to take into account not only the tread
depth, but also the age of spare tyres, stored tyres and tyres which
are not permanently in use. The tyre age can be determined from
in the DOT designation, which includes the production date of the
tyre.
Example of a DOT number to 31.12.1999
DOT ..... 5 0 9 <
In this example, the production date is the 50th week of 1999.
Example of a DOT number from 01.01.2000
DOT..... 0 1 0 0
In this example, the production date is the 1st week of 2000.
Week
Week
Recommendation
♦ We recommend using tyres more than 6 years old only in
emergencies and only with a cautious driving style.
Stands for 199_
Last digit is production year
Last 2 digits is production year
♦ When new tyres are fitted, the spare tyre may also be used if
it is in flawless condition and is not more than 6 years old. The
age of the tyre has a great influence on the high-speed capa‐
bility of the tyre. It is possible to combine a spare tyre which is
several years old with new tyres; however, this can have an
adverse influence on car handling.
♦ Tyres are always being further developed. This can lead, for
example, to slight changes in the rubber compound, even if
the tyres are of the same make, size and tread pattern.
♦ All VW vehicles are factory-fitted with four identical tyres and
wheels.
Front-wheel drive vehicles:
♦ For reasons of safety, tyres of the same make and with the
same tread pattern should be mounted on one axle.
Four-wheel drive vehicles:
♦ Vehicles with four-wheel drive must always be equipped with
four wheels with tyres of the same size, construction, tread
pattern and make.
Renewing tyres
Tyres must always be renewed when:
• the legal minimum tread depth of 1.6 mm is reached,
• there is visible mechanical damage
20 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
• the tyres are more than 6 years old.
6.1.7 Tyres with flange protection
The tyre industry produces tyres with flange protection for alloy
wheels. The flange protection is intended to protect alloy wheels
from damage due to contact with kerbs.
The combination of tyres with flange protection, steel wheels and
a full-size hub cap can lead to the loss of the hub cap during op‐
eration. The flexing of the tyre separates the hub cap from its seat.
WARNING
When fitting tyres, always make sure that only tyres without
flange protection are fitted to steel rims.
The figure shows a prohibited combination of steel rim, full-size
hub cap and a tyre with flange protection.
A - Flange protection
B - Flange of a steel rim
C - Full size hub cap
This combination must never be fitted!
WARNING
6.1.8 Winter tyres
As of 01.05.2006, a change to the German road traffic regulations
(StVO) came into force which caused the following supplement
to be made: "The equipment in motor vehicles has to be adapted
to the weather conditions. In particular, this includes suitable tyres
and antifreeze in the windscreen washing system."
Please point out to customers that, since May 1st 2006, they are
legally obliged to adapt their vehicle's equipment, particularly the
tyres, to winter weather conditions.
For driving in winter, we recommend that the vehicle is equipped
with winter tyres in the sizes recommended in table 2 of the parts
certificates.
As a basic rule:
All tyre sizes listed in the vehicle documents can also be used as
winter tyres.
The handling characteristics may be affected by the use of winter
tyres and the possible change in the dimensions of the wheel and
tyre. Therefore, when using winter tyres, you must adapt your
speed to the changed handling characteristics and to the road
conditions.
To achieve the best possible handling, winter tyres must be fitted
on all wheels.
If the vehicle is equipped with rims other than the factory-fitted
rims, you must take the following into consideration when you fit
winter tyres:
♦ Wheels and wheel bolts are matched.
♦ Whenever the wheels are changed, corresponding wheel bolts
of the correct length and with the correctly shaped tapered
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 21
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
seats are used 1). The secure fit of the wheels and the func‐
tioning of the brakes depends this.
♦ The suitability of winter tyres with less than 4…5 mm tread
depth for winter operation is limited.
♦ Some countries require winter tyres to have a tread depth of
at least 4 mm.
♦ We recommend that winter tyres be replaced after no more
than six years. The special “winter properties” of these tyres
decline with age, regardless of how much they are used.
Tyre pressure for winter tyres
The tyre pressure for winter tyres must be 0.2 bar more than the
applicable tyre pressure for standard tyres but not more than
3.5 bar.
Registration regulations in the Federal Republic of Germany
Only when winter tyres are in use may the top speed that a vehicle
can achieve be greater than the maximum speed specified by the
speed symbol of the tyre.
In this case, a label stating the following must be attached:
Important! Winter tyres!
Maximum speed … km/h
Note
This label must be clearly visible to the driver!
1) A spherical cap is the curved surface of a section of a sphere cut by a plane.
The tapered seats on the wheel bolt and in the wheel (rim) in the wheel bolt holes
are spherical caps.
6.1.9 Reinforced and Extra Load (XL) tyres
Some tyre manufacturers have for some time replaced the des‐
ignation “Reinforced” with the designation “Extra Load”. This
designation has long been standard in non-European countries.
Technically, there is no difference between them.
Some tyre manufacturers also use the designation “XL” for Extra
Load tyres.
Tyres with the designation “Reinforced” or “Extra Load (XL)” are
of equal quality.
6.1.10 Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted to driven wheels only.
On all-wheel drive vehicles, however, only the front wheels may
be fitted with snow chains (or the rear wheels on the Amarok).
It is not possible to use snow chains with all wheel and tyre com‐
binations. Notes on this can be found in the vehicle tables of the
parts certificate.
If no particular type of snow chain is specified, then small-link
chains may be used. These, including the chain fastener, may not
protrude more than 15 mm beyond the wheel's tread and the inner
wall.
On some models, only special, small-link chains are possible with
certain wheel and tyre combinations. Notes on this can be found
in the vehicle tables of the parts certificate.
22 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
The maximum speed permitted by law when driving with snow
chains is 50 km/h.
Snow chains should be removed when there is no snow on the
road. There is no point in having them on the wheels, as they
adversely affect the vehicle's handling. It causes unnecessary
stress on the tyres and above average wear on the chains.
6.2 Tyre wear/ mileage
6.2.1 General
A tyre has to meet numerous requirements ⇒ page 24 .
Different types of tyres meet these requirements to varying de‐
grees.
Depending on the conditions in which the tyres are used and on
the type of vehicle, some requirements will be more important
than others.
H, V, and Z tyres for “high-performance vehicles” are expected to
have good grip on wet and flooded roads. The trade-off for this,
however, is that the mileage is not as high as S or T tyres, for
example.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 23
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.2.2 Requirements to be met by tyres
A - Wet braking properties
B - Driving comfort
C - Steering accuracy
D - Driving stability
E - Tyre weight
F - Life expectancy
G - Rolling resistance
H - Aquaplaning
The pie chart illustrates to what extent the tyre meets the various
requirements. The tyre in this example (with its specific structure
and rubber composition) would meet the requirements listed
above (A to H) to the extent indicated by the size of the segments
of the pie.
Improving one of the characteristics will have a negative effect on
one of the others.
Example:
An improvement in wet braking properties -A- leads to a reduction
in driving comfort -B-, rolling resistance -G- and life expectancy
-F-.
The life expectancy of passenger vehicle tyres does not just de‐
pend on the rubber composition and design of a tyre. The condi‐
tions for use, the vehicle-specific circumstances and driving style
have a heavy influence on the service life of a tyre.
Modern vehicles enable comfortable and economic driving, but
also a more "sporty" driving style. A tyre life of 5,000 to 40,000
km or more is possible.
Note
The driving style is the most important influencing factor as re‐
gards the service life of a tyre.
6.2.3 Wear behaviour of high-speed tyres
These tyres are designed for very high speeds. When developing
these tyres, good grip in wet conditions is the main objective. The
tread compositions do not have the same wear resistance as T
and H tyres for lower speeds.
The life expectancy of high-speed tyres is therefore considerably
lower in comparable conditions of use.
6.2.4 Factors influencing the service life of a
tyre
The following factors influence a tyre's service life to varying de‐
grees.
Driving style:
♦ Speed ⇒ page 25
♦ Braking ⇒ page 25
♦ Acceleration ⇒ page 25
♦ Cornering ⇒ page 26
24 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
For more information about driving style: ⇒ page 25 .
Maintenance:
♦ Tyre pressure ⇒ page 26
For more information about maintenance: ⇒ page 26 .
Environment:
♦ Road surface
♦ Ambient temperature and climate
Vehicle:
♦ Weight
♦ Dynamic toe and camber settings
Tyre use:
♦ Speed range
♦ Wet or dry
Tyre type:
Winter or summer
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.2.5 Driving style
I. Steady driving without deceleration or acceleration
Example:
Speed (km/h) Wheel slip Wear
100 1 1
180 3 9
II. Braking (driving style)
Most wear is caused during braking.
Example: Braking from a speed of 50 km/h
Braking distance (m)
Vehicle allowed to roll to a stop 0 0
100 0.1 x g 4 1
50 0.2 x g 8 4
12,5
2) g = Freefall acceleration: 9.81 m/s
3) A deceleration of 0.4 x g corresponds to heavy braking.
III. Acceleration (driving style)
Slip caused when driving off gently is approximately the same as
that caused when driving at a constant speed of 100 km/h.
Example:
Driving off gently 1 - 2 1
Driving off normally 7 - 8 5
Driving off with wheels spinning 20 or more 100 - 200
Deceleration (m/s2)
0.4 x g
2
3)
2)
Wheel slip Wear
32 2000 - 3000
Wheel slip Wear
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 25
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
IV. Driving through curves (driving style)
A »sporty« driving style and driving at higher speeds also cause
greater wear when driving through bends/corners.
In practice, this means that wear is increased 16-fold when the
cornering speed is doubled. This is the price that has to be paid
for going faster.
Example: Driving through a curve with a radius of 150 m
Speed (km/h)
Lateral acceleration (m/s2)
50 1 = 0.13 x g 1
80 2.5 = 0.33 x g 6,5
100 4 = 0.53 x g 16
4) g = gravitational acceleration: 9.81 m/s
2
6.2.6 Tyre maintenance
Tyre pressure
The weight of the vehicle causes the tyre contact area to flatten.
This in turn causes the running surface and the entire ply of the
tyre to be continually deformed when a tyre is rolling. If the tyre is
underinflated, the amount of flex is higher, resulting in a greater
increase in heat and increased rolling resistance. This then leads
to increased wear and poses a greater safety risk.
Example: Specified standard tyre pressure with cold tyres, ac‐
cording to vehicle load
Tyre pressure (bar) Tyre pressure (%) Tyre life (%)
2,3 100 100
1,9 80 85
1,4 60 60
1,0 40 25
If tyre pressure is too high, this will result in poor rolling comfort
and increased wear across the centre of the tread. We recom‐
mend always to maintain the tyre pressure specified by the man‐
ufacturer.
4)
Wear
26 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Note
♦
The diagrams shown are not applicable in all cases.
♦
They are intended merely to give an idea of the wear rates of
tyres on the front and rear axles and with front-wheel drive and
four-wheel drive.
♦
The tyre service life may differ significantly, depending on op‐
erating conditions and running gear.
Diagram 1:
Tread depth versus tyre life for vehicles with front-wheel drive and
V-rated tyres
P - Tread depth
S - Mileage covered
1 - Front axle
2 - Rear axle
Diagram 2:
Tread depth over tyre service life for vehicles with four-wheel drive
and V-rated tyres
P - Tread depth
S - Mileage covered
1 - Front axle
2 - Rear axle
Diagrams 1 and 2 show that the tread on a new tyre wears faster
than that on a heavily used tyre. As the wear curve is not linear,
it is not possible to estimate the tyre service life on the basis of
wear after the first 5,000 km.
On front-wheel drive vehicles, the front tyres not only have to
transmit the steering and driving forces, but also the greater part
of the lateral and braking forces. This causes the front tyres on
front-wheel drive vehicles to wear much faster than the rear tyres.
Even tyre wear can be achieved by swapping (interchanging) the
front and rear wheels on a regular basis. Rotating wheels
⇒ page 59 .
6.2.7 Evenly worn tyres
The requirements to be met by tyres are increasing continuously.
This is caused by the following factors:
♦ greater vehicle weight
♦ high speeds
♦ high level of vehicle safety
Greater loads on the tyre will, of course, lead to an increase in
tyre wear.
Driving style has a critical effect on tyre wear. For this reason,
customer claims regarding tyre wear on evenly worn tyres are not
covered by the warranty.
The effective service life of a tyre can be determined only when
the remaining tread depth has reached 2 mm (see diagrams
⇒ page 27 )
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 27
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.2.8 Measuring tread depth
Note
♦
The tread depth is measured in the main tread channels.
♦
Do not measure at the TWIs (Tread Wear Indicators).
Measure the tread depth in the main tread channel, at the points
where the tyre is worn most heavily. The position of the TWIs can
be seen at various points on the shoulder of the tyre
⇒ Item 15 (page 15) .
A “Δ” or the manufacturer's “logo” may appear in the place of
“TWI”.
The bars of the TWI have a height of 1.6 mm. This is the minimum
tread depth required by German law.
Different values may apply in other countries.
The TWIs must not be included in the measurement. Tread depth
should always be measured at the deepest point of the tread
channel.
A - TWIs in the main tread channels
B - Main tread channels with TWIs -arrows-
6.2.9 One-sided wear
This is often caused by driving style, but can be the result of in‐
correct wheel alignment.
28 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Increased one-sided wear
One-sided wear, usually in conjunction with signs of scuffing on
the ribs of the tread and in the fine grooves, always occurs when
the tyres have been allowed to roll with an extreme tyre slip angle,
causing them to »rub« on the road surface.
Driving fast on a stretch of road with lots of curves will cause in‐
creased wear, in particular on the outer shoulder.
A rounded outer shoulder on the tyre in conjunction with a partic‐
ularly high degree of wear on the outer tread blocks indicates fast
cornering. This wear pattern is influenced by driving style.
To optimise handling, the suspension is set to specified toe-in and
camber values. Increased one-sided wear can be expected if
tyres are allowed to roll under conditions which differ from those
specified.
One-sided wear is especially likely if the toe and camber have not
been set correctly. Moreover, there is a greater risk of diagonal
washout.
Toe-out or negative toe-in
Distance between front of wheels -A- is greater than distance be‐
tween rear of wheels -B- (-C- = direction of travel).
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 29
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Toe-in or positive toe
Distance between front of wheels -A- is less than distance be‐
tween rear of wheels -B- (-C- = direction of travel).
To prevent one-sided wear, care must be taken to ensure that the
wheel is set within the tolerance specified by the vehicle manu‐
facturer. The most frequent deviation of the wheel alignment is
caused by external influences, for example hard contact with the
kerbstone when parking.
By measuring the axle geometry, you can check whether the
wheel alignment is within the specified tolerances or whether it
has to be corrected.
Running gear modifications
Using “suspension-lowering kits” and/or alloy wheels that have
not been recommended by VW may result in altered wheel posi‐
tions which deviate from the specified alignment.
Even if the axle geometry is correct with the vehicle stationary
during wheel alignment, the changed vehicle height and wheel
positions can cause the wheel suspension to move differently
during operation.
Uneven wear is then unavoidable.
The way to prevent one-sided tyre wear is to ensure the wheel
alignment is correct on one hand and on the other hand to make
sure the vehicle is used only for its intended purpose:
Regular servicing of the vehicle and tyres helps to prevent tyre
wear. The following should be noted in particular with regards to
this:
♦ The prescribed minimum tyre pressure must be adhered to.
♦ Different wear on the front and rear axle depending on the
driving style is unavoidable. This condition can be compensa‐
ted for by rotating the wheels from front to rear. The ideal
opportunity to do this, for example, is during the seasonal
change between winter and summer tyres. This change also
has a positive side effect in that the tyres can wear down
equally, meaning that a completely new set of tyres can be
fitted. This prevents differences between the tread depths of
the tyres on each axle, which can have negative effects on
road holding.
♦ Saw tooth formation is a normal wear pattern, particularly if the
driving style is very careful ⇒ page 33 . This can lead to in‐
creased rolling noise, which generally becomes better as the
tread depth decreases. In the event of light saw tooth forma‐
tion or if saw tooth formation is just starting, exchanging the
wheels between axles is normally sufficient. If saw tooth for‐
mation is very pronounced, the wheels have to be changed in
accordance with ⇒ page 33 so their direction of rotation is
reversed.
♦ Some tread patterns may create an impression of premature
wear: if winter tyre sipes or channels in the tread are worn
down, only compact profile blocks without patterns remain,
thus giving the impression of a worn tyre. In this case, the re‐
maining tread depth must be measured in each groove. If this
is at or below the minimum tread depth, the tyre can continue
to be used without restrictions. (In Germany, the minimum is
1.6 mm; it is recommended, and in Austria, required, that win‐
ter tyres that are worn down to 4 mm be used only in summer )
30 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.2.10 Wear in middle of tyre
This wear pattern is found on the driven wheels of high-perform‐
ance vehicles that are frequently driven long distances at high
speeds.
At high speeds, centrifugal forces cause the tyre diameter to in‐
crease more in the middle of the tread than it does at the shoulder.
This causes drive forces to be transferred to the road surface from
the centre section of the tread. This is reflected in the wear pat‐
tern.
Effects of this kind can be especially pronounced on wide tyres.
It is not possible to counteract this wear pattern by reducing the
tyre pressure.
WARNING
For safety reasons, the tyre pressure must not under any cir‐
cumstances be reduced below the specified tyre pressure.
A more or less even tread wear pattern can be achieved by in‐
terchanging the tyres on the driven wheels and non-driven wheels
in good time.
Increased tread wear
The typical tread wear pattern of tyres run on the driven wheels
of a high-performance vehicle.
The increased wear in the centre section of the tread results from
the extra loading associated with centrifugal forces within the tyre
and the transmission of drive forces.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 31
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.2.11 Diagonal washout
Diagonal washout on a tyre
Diagonal washout runs at an angle of approx. 45° to the direction
of rotation.
It usually occurs at one point only, but can also occur at several
points around the circumference of the tyre.
Washout occurs almost exclusively on the tyres on the non-driven
wheels, in particular at the rear left. Washout occurs very often
on some models, while it poses no problem at all on other models.
The effect is intensified by high toe-in values. Toe-in values in the
region of the lower tolerance limits of the specified alignment val‐
ues improve the wear pattern.
The most pronounced diagonal washout is often found in the area
where the tyre components are joined.
Wheels with positive toe-in roll with a slip angle even straight
ahead. This leads to a diagonal stress in the contact patch or
footprint on the tyre/road surface.
This wear pattern is intensified when tyre pressure is too low. To
avoid such tread wear patterns, the toe-in values of the two rear
wheels should be identical and the specified tyre pressures ob‐
served.
If you detect washout, you should fit the wheels on the driven axle,
assuming the washout is identified at an early stage. Deeper
washout cannot be repaired.
Faulty adjustment
If a customer complains of “diagonal wear spots”, the toe adjust‐
ment must be examined. If toe-in is correct, the cause of the
diagonal washout is very probably the tyre itself.
Tyres with diagonal washout caused by incorrectly set axle ge‐
ometry at the wheels are not covered by warranty.
6.3 Tyre noise
6.3.1 General notes on tyre noise
Tyre noise that can be heard by the human ear is caused by vi‐
brations which are transmitted by the air from the source of the
sound to our ears.
Of interest here are the noises caused by certain characteristics
and effects while the tyres are rolling (source of the sound).
The cause of the noise is largely dependent on the combination
of the road surface and tyres.
The structure and material of the road surface will greatly affect
tyre noise. For example, the noise level on a wet road is much
higher than on a dry road.
The pattern of the tyre tread also has a significant influence on
tyre noise. Tyres with transverse grooves at a 90° angle generate
more noise than tyres with grooves running diagonally.
Small tread blocks are unstable. Their highly pronounced defor‐
mation agitates the air as the tyres roll. This creates the air
vibrations that cause tyre noise.
Wider tyres are louder. They need more tread channels to dis‐
place water. When they are rolling, these tread channels displace
the air, also creating air vibrations.
32 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Further effects that also influence tyre noise:
♦ “Tyre vibration” is the principal cause of tyre noise. It is caused
by the columns of air in the tread channels being agitated.
♦ “Air pumping” is the compression and expansion of the air
caused by the deformation of the tread blocks as the tyre con‐
tact patch moves along the road surface.
Useful information regarding tyre noise
Tyre noise is determined primarily by the tyres and the road sur‐
face.
The coarseness, structure and material of the road surface influ‐
ence tyre noise.
The widths of the tyre and the rim, among other things, influence
tyre noise. Due to their larger contact area, wider tyres will cause
more tyre noise than narrow tyres, as more air has to be displaced
and more “mass” is agitated to create vibrations.
A wider wheel rim will also cause a tyre to have a wider contact
patch. The effect on tyre noise is thus very similar to that of a wider
tyre. Moreover, the damping characteristics of the tyre may also
be adversely affected by the wider wheel rim.
Tyre noise is more perceptible in the passenger compartment of
vehicles with front-mounted engine as wind and engine noises
are harder to hear in the rear.
6.3.2 Saw-tooth wear
Saw-tooth wear is a stepped wear pattern on the individual tread
blocks ⇒ page 34 that can cause increased tyre noise. The saw
tooth is caused by uneven deformation of the tread blocks in the
tyre's contact patch. Saw-tooth wear is more pronounced on nondriven wheels than on driven wheels.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 33
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
New tyres are more susceptible to saw-tooth wear because of the
greater elasticity of the high tread blocks. As the tread depth de‐
creases, the tread blocks become more rigid and the tendency to
wear in a saw-tooth pattern decreases.
Appearance of saw tooth
A - Tread block of a new tyre; seen in direction of motion
-arrow 1-, tread blocks are equally high in front and back.
B - Development of saw teeth; seen in the direction of rotation
-arrow 1-, tread blocks are higher in front than in back -arrow 2-.
C - Seen in the direction of rotation -arrow 1-, tread blocks show
greater wear in the front section of the “saw tooth” -arrow 3-.
Pronounced saw-tooth wear can lead to customers complaining
about tyre noise.
Pronounced saw-tooth wear occurs under the following condi‐
tions:
♦ toe values are too high
♦ tyre pressures are incorrect
♦ tread is coarse and open
♦ tyres are fitted on the non-driven axle
♦ very fast cornering.
non-directional tyres
In the event of saw-tooth wear, the direction of rotation of the tyre
must be reversed. If saw-tooth wear is especially pronounced and
tyre noise is increased, interchange the tyres diagonally. This will
reduce the saw-tooth effect.
On front-wheel-drive vehicles, this effect is intensified by the
greater wear on the front axle.
Tyre noise will be somewhat louder immediately after the tyres
have been interchanged but will return to a normal level after
about 500…1000 km have been driven.
Directional tyres
In the event of increased saw-tooth wear on the rear tyres – in
particular on front-wheel drive vehicles – interchange the front and
rear tyres. In the event of increased saw-tooth wear on the outer
edges of the tyres on one axle, reverse both tyres on their rims.
The left-hand wheel must then be fitted on the right side of the
vehicle and the right-hand wheel on the left side.
6.3.3 Flat spots (from locking wheels)
Flat spots can result from an extreme brake application which
causes the wheels to lock, so that the rubber is worn off at the
contact patch between the tread and the road surface.
As the tyres slide over the road surface, friction generates heat,
which also reduces the wear resistance of the tread material.
Not even a highly wear-resistant tread compound can prevent the
flat spots caused by violent braking.
Even ABS-controlled brake systems cannot prevent brief locking
of the wheels, and thus, minor flat spots.
The degree of such wear depends largely on the vehicle speed,
the road surface and the load placed on the wheel. The following
examples should make this clear.
34 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
If a vehicle is braked to a standstill on a dry surface with the
wheels locked, the amount of rubber worn from the tyre will cover
an area the size of a postcard and will have a thickness of:
♦ up to 2.0 mm from a speed of 57 km/h (23.8 m braking dis‐
tance)
♦ up to 3.3 mm from a speed of 75 km/h (41.8 m braking dis‐
tance)
♦ up to 4.8 mm from a speed of 92 km/h (71.6 m braking dis‐
tance)
Flat spots in tread
Tyres with such damage must no longer be used and must be
renewed.
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.4 Rough running caused by wheels/tyres
6.4.1 Causes of rough running
Rough running can have a number of different causes. It can also
be caused by tyre wear. Tyre wear caused by driving is not always
evenly spread across the entire running surface of the tyre. This
causes slight imbalances which affect the smooth running of a
wheel which was previously exactly balanced.
Minor imbalances will not be felt at the steering wheel, but that
does not mean that they are not there. They increase wear on the
tyre and thus reduce the tyre service life.
Recommendation
To ensure
• optimal safety,
• smoothest possible running and
• even wear
throughout a tyre's service life, we recommend having the wheels
and tyres balanced at least twice during the tyre's service life.
6.4.2 Balancing wheels
Before you start balancing the wheels, the following conditions
must be met.
• Tyre pressure must be OK.
• The tyre tread must not show one-sided wear and should be
at least 4 mm deep.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 35
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
• The tyre must not show any signs of damage, for example
cuts, piercing, foreign bodies, etc.
• The wheel suspension, steering and steering linkage, includ‐
ing the shock absorbers, must be in perfect condition.
• You must have conducted a road test.
6.4.3 Conducting a road test before balancing
wheels
If a customer brings a vehicle to the workshop complaining about
“vibration”, a road test is essential prior to balancing the wheels.
♦ This will give you information about the nature of the rough
running.
♦ You will be able to determine the speed range in which rough
running occurs.
– Raise the vehicle on a lifting platform immediately after the
road test.
– Mark the positions of the tyres on the vehicle.
Tyre position Marked with …
Front left tyre FL
Front right tyre FR
Rear left tyre RL
Rear right tyre RR
– Remove wheels from vehicle.
– Balance the wheels.
6.4.4 Balancing wheels on stationary wheel
balancing machine
Clamp wheel into wheel balancing machine
Note
When balancing tyres, remember that cleanliness is absolutely
essential, as is the case in any other repair work you carry out.
Only then can you attain a flawless result!
Dirt and rust in the area of the contact surfaces and centre of the
wheel distort the result.
– Clean the contact surfaces, the centre of the wheel and the
recess on the inside of the wheel before mounting the wheel
on the wheel balancer.
– Mount the wheel with tyre on the wheel balancer.
36 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Note
♦
To clamp the wheel, use e.g. centring system for wheel bal‐
ancing machines -VAS 6241- . On the Amarok and the T5, use
clamping plate LK 5x100/112/130 -VAS 6243- additionally.
♦
To clamp the wheel on the Crafter 30 and 35, use centring
sleeve -VAS 6610- with clamping plate -VAS 6609- .
♦
To clamp the wheel on the Crafter 50 and Supersingle, use
centring sleeve -VAS 6608- with 3-arm star -VAS 6607- .
♦
This ensures that the wheel is 100% centred and that the
wheel is clamped without its being damaged.
♦
The wheel cannot be centralised 100% with conical clamping
elements on the wheel balancing machine.
♦
A deviation of 0.1 mm from the centre results in an imbalance
of 10 grams at the wheel/rim.
Procedure for balancing wheels and tyres
– Rotate wheel and tyre on wheel balancer.
– Check that the indicator lines on the sidewall of the tyre near
the wheel rim flange run evenly.
– Check that the body of the tyre runs evenly while the wheel
and tyre are rotating.
Note
If one-sided wear, flat spots from braking or severely washed out
spots are apparent, balancing cannot achieve smooth running. In
this case, the tyre must be renewed.
– Check the true running of the wheel and tyre. If the wheel and
tyre do not run true although there are no flat spots, radial or
lateral runout may be the cause.
– Check the wheel for radial or lateral runout ⇒ page 40 .
– If radial and lateral runout are within the specified tolerance,
balance the wheel and tyre.
Note
♦
More than 60 grams of weight per tyre should not be used.
♦
If more weight is required, you may be able to achieve smooth‐
er running by "matching" the tyre and rim. Matching tyres
⇒ page 41 .
♦
The wheel balancer display should indicate 0 gram.
♦
As an alternative to match mounting, you could use the vibra‐
tion control system -VAS 6230- ⇒ page 38 .
– Bolt the wheel to the vehicle.
– First hand-tighten the lowest wheel bolt to about 30 Nm.
– Then tighten the remaining wheel bolts diagonally to about
30 Nm. This process centres the wheel on the hub.
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 37
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
– Now use a torque wrench to tighten the wheel bolts to the
specified torque in diagonal sequence.
Carry out road test
– After balancing the wheels and tyres, carry out a road test.
If you detect vibration during the road test, it may be due to tol‐
erance in the wheel centring.
In unfavourable circumstances, the component tolerances of
wheels and hubs could cumulate. This too can lead to vibration.
This can be alleviated using a finish balancer. ⇒ page 38
6.4.5 Vibration control system -VAS 6230-
Using the vibration control system -VAS 6230 A- you can perform
more functions than just stationary balancing.
A special feature of this system is the testing of the radial force of
the wheel and tyre while rolling.
A roller presses against the wheel with a force of about 635 kg.
This simulates the vertical tyre force against the road surface
during travel.
Radial and lateral runout in the wheel and tyre and differences in
the stiffness of the tyre cause the vertical force of the wheel to
vary.
The vibration control system -VAS 6230 A- detects and stores the
position of the maximum measured radial force in the tyre. Then
the position of the smallest distance between the wheel rim flange
and the centre of the rim is measured.
6.4.6 Finish balancer
Note
♦
Before working with a finish balancer , the mechanic needs to
have been instructed by the manufacturer of the balancer.
♦
To balance the wheels, set the wheels of the driven axle on
the sensor platforms (only the front wheels of a front-wheel
drive vehicle, all four wheels of a four-wheel drive vehicle).
If you determine a residual imbalance greater than 20 grams
when balancing the wheels, you should rotate the mounting po‐
sition of the wheel on the hub.
– Mark the point at which the imbalance is indicated.
– Unbolt the wheel and rotate its position on the hub so that the
marking points downwards.
Note
The hub must not rotate during this procedure.
– First hand-tighten the lowest wheel bolt to about 30 Nm.
– Then tighten the remaining wheel bolts diagonally to about
30 Nm. This process ensures that the wheel is centred prop‐
erly on the hub.
38 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
– Check whether the imbalance is less than 20 grams using the
finish balancer.
Note
The imbalance should always be less than 20 grams before you
change the balance weight.
– If necessary, remove the wheel bolts again.
– Rotate the wheel relative to the hub once more, turning it one
or two wheel bolt holes further.
– Tighten the wheel bolts using the method described above.
Note
Do not try to reduce the imbalance using balance weights until
the imbalance is less than 20 grams.
– Balance the wheels until the imbalance is less than 5 grams.
– Tighten wheel bolts to specified torque if you have not already
done so.
Always tighten wheel bolts to specified torque using a torque
wrench!
WARNING
6.4.7 Radial and lateral runout of wheels and tyres
Radial and lateral runout occur when the wheel and tyre do not
run absolutely true.
For technical reasons, 100% true running is not possible.
Therefore, the manufacturers of these components allow a pre‐
cisely determined tolerance.
Mounting the tyre in an unfavourable position on the wheel can
cause the maximum allowed tolerance for wheel with tyre to be
exceeded.
The table shows the maximum permissible tolerances for a wheel
with mounted tyre.
Tolerances for radial and lateral runout of wheels with tyres
Wheel with tyre Radial runout (mm) Lateral runout (mm)
Amarok
Caddy from 2004
0.9 1.2
1.2 1.3
Transporter Steel rim 15" 2.5 2.5
Alloy wheel 15" 2.2 2.2
Steel rim 16" 1.6 2.0
Alloy wheel 16" 1.1 1.5
LT from 1997 3.15 3.15
Crafter 16"-wheel 1.5…2.0 1.25
17"-wheel 1.5…2.0 1.25
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 39
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.4.8 Checking radial and lateral runout on wheels and tyres with tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435-
Checking lateral runout
– Preload tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435- about 2 mm.
– Set tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435- against sidewall of tyre.
– Slowly rotate the wheel.
– Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.
Note
If the difference is greater than 1.3 mm, the lateral run-out is too
great.
In this case, you can reduce lateral runout by match mounting the
tyre ⇒ page 41 .
Extreme values on the tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435- due to small ir‐
regularities in the rubber may be disregarded.
Checking radial runout
– Preload tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435- about 2 mm.
– Set the tyre gauge -V.A.G 1435- against the tyre tread.
– Slowly rotate the wheel.
– Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.
Note
If the difference is greater than 1 mm, the radial run-out is too
great.
In this case, you can reduce radial runout by match mounting the
tyre ⇒ page 41 .
6.4.9 Checking radial and lateral run-out on wheel rim
– Mount the wheel on the wheel balancer .
– Use the wheel balancing machine centring system -VAS
5271- .
– Preload tyre gauge about 2 mm.
– Slowly rotate the wheel.
40 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
– Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.
S - Lateral runout
H - Radial runout
– Compare the measured values with the specifications in the
table ⇒ page 41 .
Note
Extreme values on the tyre gauge due to small irregularities may
be disregarded.
Specifications for radial and lateral runout on wheel
Amarok Steel wheel 0.6 0.7
Caddy from
2004
Alloy wheel 0.3 0.3
Steel wheel 0.6 0.5
Alloy wheel 0.3 0.3
Transporter Steel wheel 15" and 16" 0.8 0.8
Alloy wheel 15" 0.5 0.5
Alloy wheel 16" 0.3 0.3
Rim Radial runout (mm) Lateral runout (mm)
LT from 1997 1.25 1.25
Note
If the measured value exceeds the specification, acceptably
smooth running cannot be attained.
6.4.10 Matching
General
When radial or lateral runout of the wheel and tyre coincide, the
imbalance of the wheel is amplified by the tyre.
For technical reasons, 100% true running is not possible
⇒ page 39 .
Before match mounting the used wheels which are fitted on the
vehicle, run the tyres warm. This will eliminate any flat spots
caused by storage or handling, ⇒ page 42 .
Procedure for match mounting
– Deflate the tyre.
– Press the tyre beads off the rim flanges.
– Coat the tyre bead all round with tyre fitting paste .
– Rotate the tyre 180° relative to the wheel.
– Inflate the tyre to approx. 4 bar.
– Mount the wheel with tyre on the wheel balancer.
– Check true running, that is, radial and lateral runout.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 41
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Note
♦
If the specified values for radial and lateral runout are not ex‐
ceeded, the wheel can be balanced to 0 gram. Specified
values appear on ⇒ page 39 .
♦
If the radial and lateral runout is not within the specifications,
the tyre must be rotated again.
– Deflate the tyre and press off the tyre beads from the rim
flanges.
– Rotate the tyre 90° relative to the wheel (1/4 of a turn).
– Inflate the tyre to 4 bar again and check true running.
Note
♦
If the specified values for radial and lateral runout are not ex‐
ceeded, the wheel can be balanced to 0 gram.
♦
If the radial and lateral runout are not within the specified val‐
ues, the tyre must be rotated again.
– Press the tyre off the rim flanges again as described above.
– Rotate the tyre 180° relative to the wheel (half a turn).
If the radial and/or lateral runout are still not within the specified
values, check the wheel for radial and/or lateral runout
⇒ page 40 .
If the measured values for radial and lateral runout of the wheel
are within the specified values, the tyre has impermissibly high
radial or lateral runout. In this case, the tyre must be renewed.
Note
♦
After fitting the tyres there will be fitting lubricant between the
tyres and the rim flanges.
♦
Therefore, severe braking and acceleration manoeuvres must
be avoided for the first 100 or 200 km driven. The tyres may
otherwise rotate on the rims and your work will have been in
vain.
6.4.11 Flat spots caused by storage or handling
What is a flat spot?
The terms flat area and flats are also used for the term flat spot.
Flat spots caused by storage or handling also cause vibration in
the same way as incorrectly balanced wheels do. It is important
that flat spots on the tread are identified as such.
Flat spots caused by storage or handling cannot be balanced and
they can reoccur at any time due to various circumstances. Flat
spots caused by storage or handling can be eliminated without
complicated special tools. This does not apply to flat spots caused
by hard braking ⇒ page 34 .
42 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Note
Flat spots caused by hard braking cannot be repaired. Such tyres
must be renewed.
Reasons for flat spots caused by storage or handling:
♦ The vehicle has been left standing in one place without being
moved for several weeks.
♦ The tyre pressure is too low.
♦ The vehicle was placed in a paint shop drying booth after being
painted.
♦ The vehicle was parked with warm tyres in a cool garage or
similar for a long period of time. In this case, a standing flat
spot may even occur overnight.
Eliminating flat spots caused by storage or handling
♦ Flat spots caused by storage or handling cannot be eliminated
from the tyre using workshop equipment.
♦ Flat spots caused by storage or handling can be removed only
by running the tyres warm.
♦ The method described below is not recommended in cold and
wintry weather.
Requirements and conditions:
– Check and, if necessary, correct inflation pressure.
– Drive the car on a motorway where possible.
– Traffic and road conditions permitting, drive a 20 to 30 km
stretch at a speed of 120 to 150 km/h (this speed recommen‐
dation is for Germany - do not exceed the national speed limit).
WARNING
♦ Do not endanger yourself or other road users during this
♦ Observe the highway code and speed limitations in force
– Raise the vehicle immediately following the road test.
– Remove the wheels from the vehicle.
– Balance the wheels on a stationary wheel balancer
⇒ page 36 .
6.5 Vehicle pulls to one side
road test.
when performing the road test.
6.5.1 General
Perform a road test to determine whether a vehicle is pulling to
one side and if so, which side. If the vehicle pulls to one side
⇒ page 45 .
When wheel alignment is checked, include the wheel alignment
test results in tyre complaint report.
Manufacturer's tolerances can lead to a slight amount of taper
(asymmetry) in the tyre carcass. The rolling tyre then develops a
lateral force which acts directly on the wheel suspension, leading
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 43
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
to self-steering of the vehicle. Strategic rotation of the wheels can
balance out this self-steering behaviour.
6.5.2 Conicity
Conicity is caused by a slight offset of the tread and/or the belt
(amounting to a few tenths of a millimetre) relative to the geo‐
metric centre of the tyre. Taper is not visible and cannot be
measured with equipment available in the workshop.
Parts of a tyre
1 - Bead
2 - Shoulder
3 - Tread
4 - Steel cord belt
A - Geometrical centre of tyre
B - Actual centre of belt. It can be offset to inside or outside.
44 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Exaggerated for clarity.
1 - Offset of belt and tread
F1 - Unequal vertical wheel forces
F2 - Unequal vertical wheel forces
Fk - Conicity force
The offset produces differences in stiffness at the inner and outer
shoulders of the tyre, resulting in differing vertical wheel forces.
Consequently the belt or tread will not be pressed onto the road
surface with the same force (F1, F2). A conical, or tapered, shape
develops. The resulting force (conicity force Fk) can, depending
on the speed, become so great that the vehicle then pulls to one
side.
If the force Fk on one wheel of the axle is, for example, 50 Newton,
and also 50 Newton on the other wheel, and both forces are ex‐
erted in the same direction, the forces are cumulated. Reversing
a tyre on the rim can compensate for the lateral pull because the
forces then act in opposite directions.
Because the direction in which the force of taper is exerted is not
visible, only road tests and strategic rotation of wheels and tyres
can establish which tyres cause the pulling.
The tyre consists of numerous components and materials which
are vulcanised to form a single part at the end of a complicated
manufacturing process. The result is differing production toleran‐
ces which make themselves noticeable through more or less
strong lateral forces (conicity forces). These forces can also occur
in new tyres.
Pulling to one side on front axle
Pulling to one side can be caused by the running gear. However,
experience shows that in 90% of all complaints, the tyres cause
pulling to one side.
Pulling to one side during normal driving
On a straight, level road surface, the vehicle wants to pull to one
side at a constant speed or with moderate acceleration. Force can
be felt at the steering wheel.
Pulling to one side during fast acceleration
Pulling to one side during fast acceleration is, in part, due to the
basic design of vehicles with front wheel drive. Different friction
levels at the left and right wheels or possible irregularities in the
road surface (potholes) and consequently varying road adhesion
have a substantial influence on the handling characteristics. This
does not constitute a complaint which is covered by the warranty.
6.5.3 Remedies when vehicle pulls to one
side
Test conditions before and during the road test:
– Check all suspension components on the front and rear axles
for damage.
– Check tyre pressure and correct if necessary.
– Check the tyres for external damage. Punctures, cuts, bubbles
on the sidewalls, flat spots from braking and/or damage to the
tread.
– Ask the customer if the tyre had been damaged by a nail or
similar object and was repaired by a tyre dealer. It may be
necessary to renew such tyres.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 45
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
– Check tyres for even wear and tread depth.
– Are all tyres of the same type, manufacture and tread pattern?
– If the tyres are non-directional, ensure that all DOT classifica‐
tions on the tyre face outwards. The wheels and/or tyres on
the vehicle may have already been changed around at an ear‐
lier date.
– Is the make of tyre approved by the factory as original equip‐
ment?
– Perform the road test on a road that is straight and even, has
no "tram lines" (indents from heavy traffic) or adverse camber.
– Perform the road test with the customer under the conditions
specified above. Ask the customer to demonstrate the prob‐
lem.
Note
There must be no cross wind during the road test.
If the complaint is justified, we recommend rotating the wheels
and tyres as described below.
Before you begin, observe the following notes; otherwise your ef‐
forts may not have the desired effect.
Note
♦
Mark the tyres before the first rotation, e.g. FR, FL, RR, RL.
♦
After rotating wheels or reversing the tyre on its rim, you must
observe very carefully how the vehicle behaves during the
road test. Note how and what was changed.
♦
Assess the intensity of or a possible change in the tendency
to pull to one side.
♦
For this purpose, it is important that the road tests are always
performed by the same person on the same road. It is best to
drive the “test course” in both directions.
♦
Replacing a tyre with a new tyre does not guarantee that pull‐
ing to one side will be eliminated. Therefore it is recommended
as a first step to carry out the strategic rotation of the wheels
as described below.
♦
If there are large differences in the tread depth of the tyres on
the front and rear axles, the tyres with the deeper tread should
always be mounted on the rear axle.
6.5.4 Strategic rotation of wheels for non-directional tyres
↓
Perform a road test to determine whether a vehicle is pulling to one side and if so, which side.
↓
If the vehicle pulls to one side, interchange the front wheels.
↓
Carry out a road test.
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle pulls to the other side Vehicle pulls to the same side
↓ ↓
46 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Reverse one front tyre on its rim (direction of rotation
Interchange front and rear tyres.
is reversed).
↓ ↓
Carry out a road test. Carry out a road test.
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line. Vehicle does not travel in a straight line.
↓ ↓
Interchange the front and rear wheels. Vehicle pulls to the other
No change
side
↓ ↓ ↓
Carry out a road test. Reverse one front tyre on
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
its rim (direction of rota‐
tion is reversed)
Check alignment of front
and rear wheels and ad‐
just if necessary.
If the alignment is correct,
contact Product Support.
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line.
↓
Interchange front wheels.
↓ ↓
Carry out a road test. Carry out a road test.
Vehicle trav‐
els in a
Vehicle does not travel in a straight
line.
Vehicle travels in a
straight line - END
straight line -
END
↓ Vehicle does not travel in
a straight line.
6.5.5 Strategic rotation of wheels having unidirectional tyres
Perform a road test to determine whether a vehicle is pulling to one side and if so, which side.
Fit new tyres on front axle Fit new tyres on front axle
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END Vehicle travels in a
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line; contact Product Support.
If the vehicle pulls to one side, interchange front and back wheels with tyres.
Carry out a road test. Carry out a road test.
↓ ↓
↓ ↓
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line.
First renew one tyre on the front axle.
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
↓
↓
↓
Carry out a road test.
↓
↓
Carry out a road test.
straight line - END
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 47
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
↓
Renew other tyre on the front axle.
↓
Carry out a road test.
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line.
Check front and rear wheel alignment.
Vehicle does not travel in a straight line; contact Product Support.
6.6 Tyre damage
6.6.1 General information
As tyre damage can have serious consequences, you and the
driver should regularly check the tyres to identify any problems at
an early stage.
Damaged tyres cannot withstand driving conditions such as high
speed, long distances, sporty driving, and so on.
Damage can be caused in a number of ways:
Vehicle travels in a straight line - END
♦ Driving with insufficient tyre pressure
♦ Assembly error when tyres were fitted on rims
Carry out a road test.
↓
↓
♦ Damage by embedding objects
♦ Ageing
♦ Improper storage
WARNING
Whenever a safety risk cannot be ruled out, the tyre must be
renewed.
48 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
6.6.2 Construction of a radial belted tyre
Cross section of a radial belted tyre
1 - Tread block
2 - Tread groove
3 - Tread
4 - Nylon ply
5 - Belt layers
❑ Usually made of steel
6 - Bead core
❑ Consists of steel wires
❑ Ensures secure seating
7 - Bead filler
8 - Rim flange protection
❑ Protects the rim and tyre
❑ Tyres with Maximum
vulcanised into rubber.
of the tyre on the rim.
from abrasion from, for
example, contact with
the kerb
Flange Shield (or rim
protector bar) are
marked with the abbre‐
viation MFS.
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
The nylon ply -4-, belt layers -5-, bead cores -6- and bead filler
-7- form the carcass. The carcass is the “load-bearing structure”
of the tyre.
6.6.3 Impact damage
A swelling in the sidewall of the tyre indicates that the carcass in
the substructure has been damaged.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 49
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Typical causes for such damage include, for example, driving
over kerbs at a sharp angle.
Pinching the tyre in this way can damage the carcass.
The substructure of the tyre is stretched so far that individual fi‐
bres in the carcass may be broken.
The extent of the damage depends on the speed of impact, the
angle of impact, the tyre pressure, the axle load and the type of
obstacle.
Pinch marks on tyre sidewall -arrows-
Note
♦
Driving over kerbs should be avoided.
♦
If you cannot avoid driving over a kerb, you should do so very
slowly and as square-on as possible.
Interior view of a tyre with a punctured carcass
Due to a severe impact, the carcass was pinched on the wheel
rim flange and is ruptured in the contact area.
Damage inside the tyre resulting from impact (double rupture)
Double rupture -arrows- caused by pinching when a kerb was
driven over. Often not detectable from outside.
50 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.6.4 Cuts
Cut caused by a sharp-edged obstacle -arrow-
6.6.5 Damage caused by foreign bodies
Driving over hard, pointed objects like nails, screws and the like
can puncture the tyre.
This always leads to tyre damage.
Damage due to embedded foreign body
Often, the object -marking- is so securely embedded in the tyre
that it will not free itself even at higher speeds. Consequently, it
can act as a plug and seal the tyre relatively well. This results in
a gradual loss of pressure, which the driver will not notice imme‐
diately, but which can lead to sudden and complete tyre failure.
Note
No repair should be attempted on a steel belted tyre of which the
structure has been punctured by a foreign body.
6.6.6 Loss of air from tyre
If the customer complains of a loss of air from a tyre, it is essential
that you check for embedded foreign bodies.
Note
No repair should be attempted on a steel belted tyre of which the
structure has been punctured by a foreign body.
Corrosion can develop on the steel wires. This will always lead to
the separation of the rubber from the steel belt.
Generally, one cannot determine when the foreign body was em‐
bedded. The tyre structure may already have been damaged as
a result of driving with insufficient tyre pressure.
Damaged belt wires will sooner or later lead to separation of the
rubber from the steel belt. As a result, the tyre can fail completely
at some point long after the tyre was first damaged.
Tyre damage caused by foreign bodies is not covered by the war‐
ranty.
6.6.7 Tyre pressure
The tyre pressure must be checked regularly. We recommend
checking the tyre pressure every two weeks. The correct tyre
pressure is especially important on long trips or when carrying a
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 51
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
heavy load. A sporty driving style also requires correct or even
slightly increased tyre pressure.
Slow loss of tyre pressure
The slow loss of tyre pressure is especially problematic because
even experienced drivers often do not notice it.
Insufficient tyre pressure and the related increase in flexing (in‐
ternal friction) cause the tyre material to heat up considerably and
may lead to the separation of the various components and rubber
compounds.
In the end, the tyre is usually destroyed completely
⇒ page 52 .
The cause for the slow pressure loss cannot always be deter‐
mined because the tyre is severely damaged and structural com‐
ponents of the tyre are missing.
6.6.8 Tyre damage due to insufficient tyre pressure
The most common causes for tyre failure are minor external dam‐
age, a defective valve or a leaking rim due to corrosion or dam‐
age.
Separation of carcass and rubber
Excessive heating due to driving with substantially insufficient tyre
pressure ⇒ page 53 led to overheating and subsequent sepa‐
ration of the carcass from the rubber material -arrows-.
The tyre shown here was periodically driven with an inflation
pressure which was insufficient for the load. Typical evidence for
this is the circumferential scuffing along the bead caused by the
wheel flange and also the discolouration. Small, furrowed creases
are visible along the inside of the sidewall.
When the tyre rolls, strong shear forces develop between the lay‐
ers of steel cord, especially at the ends of the belts.
Tyres with wide, circumferential furrows near the bead
Wide, circumferential furrows near the bead -arrows- indicate that
the tyre was driven with insufficient pressure.
Driving a vehicle with insufficient tyre pressure or ignoring or not
recognising tyre damage can have serious consequences.
The tyre can no longer withstand the forces which develop when
the vehicle is driven.
The defects mentioned above severely restrict the function of the
tyre. The rubber compounds separate, which results in the partial
separation of tyre components or even its complete destruction.
52 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Tyre with stripped tread or stripped protector
Such damage usually develops over a longer period of time. If an
already damaged tyre is exposed to high stress, the centrifugal
forces which occur at high speeds can tear components off the
tyre.
The figure shows a tyre with stripped protector due to travel with
insufficient tyre pressure.
6.6.9 Rising tyre temperature caused by in‐
sufficient inflation pressure
The graph shows the temperature development of a tyre at a
speed of 180 km/h.
A - When specified tyre pressure is maintained, the temperature
will remain stable.
B - Danger zone: When tyre pressure is 0.3 bar below specifica‐
tion, the temperature rises to above 120°C at higher speeds.
C - Critical temperature threshold: A tyre defect will develop.
T - Temperature in °C
t - Travel time in minutes
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 53
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.6.10 Tyre damage due to fitting error (fitting damage)
Bead core broken during tyre inflation.
Modern radial tyres for passenger cars are mounted only on safe‐
ty rims. Safety rims have a hump -1- running along the bead seat.
1 - Hump (double hump H 2)
2 - Wheel rim flange
3 - Inner rim shoulder (e.g. tapered rim shoulder)
4 - Rim
5 - Wheel
6 - Well
7 - Outer rim shoulder (e.g. tapered rim shoulder)
The hump prevents the tyre from being pressed out of the rim
shoulder during travel with insufficient tyre pressure.
When the tyre is inflated, the bead of the tyre may not slip com‐
pletely over the outer rim hump.
In this case, there is a danger of the bead core becoming over‐
stretched if the tyre pressure is too high. The steel wires would
then rupture partially or completely. A broken bead core cannot
be detected from the outside.
WARNING
♦ Tyres with damaged bead cores are not seated safely and
securely on the rim. Such tyres are a safety risk!
♦ In addition, there is a risk of the partly broken bead core
breaking apart during continued operation and the tyre
could suddenly tear open. If the bead core breaks during
inflation, the carcass will also be destroyed.
Tyre with broken bead core and destroyed carcass
The figure shows a tyre with a broken bead core and destroyed
carcass as a result of excess pulling force during fitting.
Bead damage due to faulty or incorrect tyre fitting with tyre-fitting
machine
The following errors, which may occur when tyres are fitted, can
lead to severe tyre damage:
♦ If the opposite tyre bead is not seated completely in rim well
when upper bead is rolled in on tyre fitting machine
⇒ page 54 .
♦ If the fitting head is improperly adjusted.
♦ If the edge of the fitting roller rolls onto the bead.
♦ If the guide rollers are worn or have sharp edges.
54 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Tyre with split bead
In these cases, the bead, which is under great tension, can be cut
into in the direction of rotation, split and/or be pinched off down
to the core wire.
It is often possible to identify the tracks of the guide roller as it was
applied or ran off where the damage occurred.
Note
Both tyre beads as well as the rim shoulders must always be
coated with assembly paste .
If fitting damage remains undetected, there is a danger that the
tyre will fail later during operation.
THEREFORE!
♦ Never fit a tyre without using assembly paste .
♦ Do not allow the bead seating pressure to exceed 3 bar.
♦ Do not allow the tyre inflation pressure to exceed 4 bar.
♦ When the tyre has been fitted, reduce the tyre pressure to the
specified value.
6.7 Useful information about rims
6.7.1 Details on rims
There are several items of information on rims. The following ex‐
ample shows the information needed for clear identification of the
rim:
Part no.: 6E0 601 027 A
Size of rim: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 43
Data on hump of rim shoulder: EH2
1
) Raised round hump on both rim shoulders. These ensure that
when run-flat tyres are used without air pressure, they will not slip
from rim shoulder. Rims with EH2 are required only if tyres with
run-flat properties are fitted!
6.7.2 Rim - pitch circle diameter (PCD)
Pitch circle diameter Model
100 mm All Caddys 1996 > All Pickups 1997 >
6 - Rim width in inches
J - Shape of wheel rim flange
15 - Rim diameter in inches
Extended Hump 1)
112 mm Transporter 1991 > Transporter 1996 >
All Caddys 2004 >
120 mm Transporter 2004 >, Amarok 2011 >
130 mm LT 1997 > with 5-hole wheel attachment
205 mm LT 1997 > with 6-hole wheel attachment
130 mm Crafter 2006 > with 6-hole wheel attachment
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 55
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Pitch circle diameter Model
205 mm Crafter 2006 > with 6-hole wheel attachment
6.7.3 Split rim composite wheels
Split rim alloy wheels consist of several parts.
The major parts are the rim and the wheel centre. These parts are
bolted together with special bolts using a special process. This
ensures that the wheel works properly, that it is sealed and safe
and that it runs true. These requirements are not guaranteed with
workshop materials and under workshop conditions.
WARNING
You must not dismantle or repair composite wheels!
6.7.4 Half dual spacing and wheel offset
♦ “Half dual spacing (HMA)” refers to twin wheels and defines
dimension -A- from the centre of the rim to the outer wheel
contact surface.
♦ “Wheel offset (ET)” is dimension -B- from the centre of the rim
of the rim to the hub-sided contact surface of the wheel.
1 - Rim
2 - Wheel
A - Half dual spacing (HMA)
B - Wheel offset (ET)
6.7.5 Care and maintenance of alloy wheel
rims
Regular care is required to maintain the decorative appearance
of alloy wheels over a long period of time.
In particular road salt and dust from brake abrasion must be thor‐
oughly washed off every 2 weeks; otherwise the finish of the alloy
wheel will suffer.
Cleaning agents
Suitable cleaning agents:
♦ Plain water or water with soft soap
♦ Water and essence of vinegar
♦ Alloy wheel cleansers without acids or strong solvents
Do not exceed the soaking time of the cleaning agent.
The shorter the recommended soaking time, the harsher and
more aggressive the cleaning agent.
Damage to finish
If the finish is damaged, for example by stones, the damage must
be repaired as quickly as possible ⇒ page 57 .
56 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Removing adhesive residue from glued balance weights on alloy
rims
♦ Strong solvents and acids attack the finish on alloy wheels and
the surface of the wheel becomes matt and milky. Therefore,
these substances should not be used.
♦ To remove adhesive residue on alloy wheels, use alloy cleans‐
ers or a petrol-based cleanser. Do not exceed the soaking time
of the cleaning agent.
♦ After cleaning or removing adhesive residue from wheels,
rinse them with water.
6.7.6 Restoring alloy wheels
WARNING
♦ Repairing a damaged wheel using heat treatment such as
welding or the addition or removal of material is absolutely
forbidden.
♦ Damaged or deformed wheel rims or wheel rims with
cracked or deformed wheel bolt holes may not be re‐
paired.
♦ Restoration may be undertaken only with tested and ap‐
proved Genuine paint materials ⇒ Paint repair guide .
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 57
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.7.7 The valve
1 - Valve body
2 - Valve core
3 - Valve cap
1. Valve body
The rubber valve for tubeless tyres is designed to create an air-
tight seal in the hole in the rim. The elastic material of the rubber
valve body presses tightly into the hole in the rim.
WARNING
Do not damage surface of wheel rim when removing rubber
valve (scratching/cuts on paint). On steel wheels in particular,
even the smallest notches in this area may lead to corrosion,
hairline cracks or functional impairment of the component.
In the case of valves with a threaded metal base, a rubber seal is
used to seal the rim. The lateral faces of the rim hole are sealing
surfaces. They must therefore be free of rust and dirt and must
not be damaged.
2. Valve core
The valve insert has the most important job in the valve. It creates
a seal and enables the regulation of the air pressure. The small
flat seal on the valve core can only function correctly if it is free of
foreign particles, dirt and moisture. The compressed air system
must be free of water and oil!
3. Valve cap
A valve cap must always be screwed onto the valve. It prevents
dirt from getting into the valve. Dirt which may be in the valve
would reach the seal of the valve plate when the tyre is inflated
and cause a leak.
The valve must be renewed every time a new tyre is fitted.
The fitting must be performed using a commercially available
puller.
Snap-in valves must always be installed moistened with a suitable
lubricant.
If the vehicle is driven without caps on the valves, there is the
danger that dirt may get into the valve. This leads to a gradual
loss of air, which in turn can lead to the destruction of the tyre.
♦ Separation of carcass and rubber ⇒ page 52
♦ Wide, circumferential furrows near the bead ⇒ page 52
♦ Stripped tread or stripped protector ⇒ page 53
WARNING
The valve cap must be fitted tightly to ensure air-tight sealing.
58 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.8 Fitting and removing wheels
6.8.1 Rotating wheels
Vehicles with front-wheel drive exhibit more tread wear on the
front wheels due to the greater forces they have to transmit.
In order for all 4 wheels on the vehicle to have the same service
life, we recommend rotating the front and rear wheels and tyres.
Ensure that uni-directional tyres are not reversed.
The longer the tyre runs at one position, the more it wears at cer‐
tain points. Therefore it is recommended to rotate the wheels at
short intervals, for example every 5,000 km.
Diagonal rotation is possible only with non-directional tyres. This
method of wheel rotation is especially advantageous in the case
of saw-tooth wear ⇒ page 33 .
If saw-tooth wear has already progressed and the tread is worn
to more than 50%, only slight improvements would be achieved
and rotation is not recommended. The elasticity of the tread
blocks declines and the saw-tooth wear does not progress.
6.8.2 Fitting notes for changing and fitting wheels except LT from model year 1997 to model year 2005
WARNING
Perform the checks and follow the instructions listed below.
This is important to ensure that the wheel bolts and the wheels
are properly secured.
– Check to ensure that contact surfaces -arrows- on brake disc
or drum are free of corrosion and dirt.
– Check to ensure that contact surface -arrow- on centring seat
of brake disc are free of corrosion and dirt.
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 59
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
– Check to ensure that contact surface -arrow- on inner side of
wheel (rim) and also centring seat of rim are free of corrosion
and dirt.
–
The concave seats * in the holes for the wheel bolts and the
threads of the wheel bolts must also be free of corrosion and
dirt, oil or grease.
*
The concave seat is the curved surface of a section of a sphere
cut by a plane.
– Check whether the wheel bolts can be easily screwed in by
hand. The thread of the wheel bolts must not come into contact
with the bore in the brake disc -arrow-.
If the thread of the wheel bolt touches the hole -arrow-, turn the
brake disc relative to the wheel hub accordingly.
Remove dirt and corrosion, oil or grease from the contact surfa‐
ces, threads in the wheel hub and/or wheel bolts as necessary.
WARNING
Damaged, badly corroded or difficult to remove wheel bolts
must be renewed.
Fitting wheels
– Preserve wheel centring seat ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Protecting wheel centring seat against corrosion .
1. When fitting the wheel, screw in all wheel bolts uniformly by
hand.
2. Tighten wheel bolts diagonally to approx. 30 Nm using, e.g., a
wheel brace.
3. Lower vehicle to floor and tighten all wheel bolts in diagonal
sequence to final specified torque ⇒ page 61 .
WARNING
Never use an impact wrench to mount wheels!
6.8.3 Fitting notes for changing and fitting wheels for LT, model year 1997 to model year 2005
WARNING
Perform the checks and follow the instructions listed below.
This is important to ensure that the wheel bolts and the wheels
are properly secured.
60 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Optimal centring of the wheel can likewise only be assured if the
following instructions are adhered to.
Assembly sequence
1. Position wheel.
2. Start wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
3. Tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts to 30 Nm in diagonal se‐
quence.
4. Fully tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts to 180 Nm in diagonal
sequence.
WARNING
♦ Never use an impact wrench to mount wheels!
♦ After the vehicle has been driven 50 km, the wheel nuts
or bolts must be retightened. The customer or vehicle
holder needs to be informed of this.
– Place sign “Warning. Do not forget…” (or words to that effect)
in the vehicle where it can be clearly seen.
This sign can be ordered under item number 000.5190.28.00.
6.8.4 Wheel bolts - tightening torque
The following table shows the allocation of wheel bolts and their
technical data. The part numbers can be found in the ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA” .
Type of vehicle Number of wheel bolts
Amarok from 2011 5 M14 x 1.5 x 51 180 Nm
Caddy from 1996
, Caddy Pickup from 1997
Caddy 2004 5 M14 x 1.5 x 27 120 Nm
or nuts
Dimensions Tightening torque of
4 M12 x 1.5 x 23.5 110 Nm
wheel bolts/wheel nuts
Transporter through 12.95 5 M14 x 1.5 x 34 160 Nm
Transporter from 01.96 5 M14 x 1.5 x 34 170 Nm
Transporter from 2004 5 M14 x 1.5 x 34 180 Nm
LT 28 and 35 from 1997 5 M14 x 1.5 x 34 180 Nm
LT 46 from 1997 6 wheel nuts M14 x 1.5 180 Nm
Crafter 2006 with steel wheels 6 wheel bolts M14 x 1.5 x 53 240 Nm
Crafter 2006 with light alloy
6 wheel bolts M14 x 1.5 x 53 180 Nm
wheels
Crafter 2006 with twin wheels 6 wheel nuts M14 x 1.5 180 Nm
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 61
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6.8.5 Modified wheel bolts for 111 kW Trans‐
porter from model year 2001
Revised wheel bolts were used from model year 2001 and there‐
after. These have the same dimensions and torque settings as
the previous and modified wheel bolts.
1 - For vehicles through model year 2000
Surface black-finished - part number -701 601 139 B- .
Not permitted on vehicles from model year 2001 or later.
2 - Wheel bolt for vehicles from model year 2001 and later
Collar -arrow- is not fixed in place on the hexagon.
Silver (colour) coated surface - part number -7M3 601 139 B- .
Permitted on vehicles through model year 2000.
♦ The modified wheel bolts are not permitted on vehicles
produced to model year 2000.
♦ Wheel rims from vehicles produced to model year 2000
are not permitted on vehicles from model year 2001 or
later.
6.8.6 Notes on use of temporary spare wheels
Inform your customers about the following notes and, if appropri‐
ate, refer also to the user's manual of the vehicle as the need
arises.
The following notes also apply to spare wheels, e.g. 7 J x 16 with
205/55 R 16 tyres, marked with a yellow sticker with the text “MAX
80 km/h” or “MAX 50 mph”
WARNING
62 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Note
♦
Instead of a spare wheel of this kind, vehicles may have a
spare wheel with the sticker described above (depending on
equipment level).
♦
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel is intended only
for temporary use over short distances. Therefore, it must be
replaced by a normal wheel as quickly as possible.
♦
After the temporary or spare wheel has been fitted, the tyre
pressure must be checked as soon as possible. The correct
tyre pressure can be gleaned from the tyre pressure table in
the respective vehicle or the relevant maintenance manual.
♦
Always observe the speed warning on the temporary spare
wheel (“MAX 80 km/h” or “MAX 50 mph”).
♦
Full acceleration, hard braking and driving fast through curves
should be avoided.
♦
Never drive with more than one spare wheel or temporary
spare wheel.
♦
The use of snow chains on the temporary spare wheel is not
permitted for technical reasons.
♦
If it is necessary to travel with snow chains, the temporary
spare wheel must be fitted on the rear axle even if the front
tyre has been damaged. The wheel that is now free should be
fitted in place of the defective front wheel.
6.8.7 16" running gear for Transporter type
Vehicles from week 36 of 2001 with
♦ 2.5l TDI 65 kW engine
♦ 2.5l TDI 75 kW engine
♦ 2.5l 85 kW petrol engine
can now also be ordered with 16 inch running gear under pro‐
duction control number 2E3 (special equipment). It has the same
scope as the 16 inch running gear familiar from the 111 kW and
V6 units.
The vehicle data sticker for these vehicles includes production
control number 2E3, denoting that 16 inch running gear is instal‐
led.
The vehicle data sticker is located on the A-pillar, next to the cen‐
tral electrics.
Transporter vehicles ordered from the factory with 16" running
gear cannot be converted to 15" wheels and tyres.
6.9 Breakdown set for VW Vehicles
7DZ; 65, 75 and 85 kW engines; model
year 2002
⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Vehicles with
breakdown sets
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
6. Facts about wheels and tyres (commercial vehicles) 63
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
7 Wheel and tyre combinations, Amar‐
ok
General
Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in
safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use
of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. This can be recognised
by way of the VW/Audi logo and the part number. It has been
established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.
Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other
products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have
been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official
approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if
these products are installed.
WARNING
The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Volkswagen
genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque
specifications and so on.
Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.
The wheel/tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle ta‐
bles refer exclusively to Volkswagen genuine rims. Approval of
accessory wheel/tyre combinations or retrofitting accessory rims
is not possible using the certificate statement attached here.
WARNING
The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheel rims
from Volkswagen genuine accessories may differ from those
intended for wheel rims from Volkswagen genuine parts.
Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel
bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.
Wheel house extension
For technical reasons, a wheel housing extension must be fitted
-arrows- for some wheel/tyre combinations.
Wheel/tyre combination for vehicles without wider wheel hous‐
ings ⇒ page 64 .
Wheel/tyre combination for vehicles with wider wheel housings
⇒ page 66 .
7.1 Vehicles without wheel house extension
Appendix for certificate statement 8109505701
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
64 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Caution
The list is based on the sales types.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval nos. are listed as follows.
Amarok, type approval model code 2H
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0356*00 to 07
Amarok, type approval model code 2HS2
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0750*00 to 03
Note
♦
General notes on winter tyres ⇒ page 21
♦
General notes on snow chains ⇒ page 22
♦
Summer tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen
⇒ page 249
♦
The Amarok is not factory-fitted with winter tyres
⇒ page 272 .
♦
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap
or in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 10.3 .
Overview
Model
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
engine output
118 kW TSI
Petrol engine;
90 kW TDI
120 kW TDI
132 kW TDI
Diesel engines
7.2 Wheel allocation for vehicles without
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels
Pitch circle diameter: 120 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 5
Standard
205 R 16 C 110/108T
tyres
Modification 245/70 R 16 111T XL
Winter tyres 205 R 16 C 110/108T
wheel house extension
61/2 J x 16
⇒
page 66
61/2 J x 16
⇒
page 66
61/2 J x 16
⇒
page 66
set in
Snow
chains
Remarks
mm
52 Yes
62 Yes
52 Yes
7. Wheel and tyre combinations, Amarok 65
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
7.2.1 61/2 J x 16
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 65 .
7H8 601 027 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 65
Size:
61/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 52
Wheel load in kg: 930
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 65 .
7H8 601 027 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 65
Size:
Wheel offset in mm: 52
Wheel load in kg: 930
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 65 .
2H0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 65
Size:
Wheel offset in mm: 62
Wheel load in kg: 930
61/2 J x 16
61/2 J x 16
7.3 Vehicles with wheel house extension
Appendix for certificate statement 8109505701
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
66 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Caution
The list is based on the sales types.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval nos. are listed as follows.
Amarok, type approval model code 2H
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0356*00 to 02
Note
♦
General notes on winter tyres ⇒ page 21
♦
General notes on snow chains ⇒ page 22
♦
Summer tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen
⇒ page 249
♦
The Amarok is not factory-fitted with winter tyres
⇒ page 272 .
♦
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap
or in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 10.3 .
Overview
Model
engine output
118 kW TSI
Petrol engine;
90 kW TDI
120 kW TDI
Diesel engines
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
Standard
tyres
245/70 R 16 111T XL
61/2 J x 16
⇒
page 70
Modification 245/65 R 17 111T XL 8 J x 17
255/60 R 18 112T XL
255/55 R 19 111T XL 8 J x 19
⇒
page 70
71/2 J x 18
⇒
page 70
⇒
page 71
Winter tyres 245/65 R 17 111T XL 8 J x 17
⇒
page 70
set in
Snow
chains
Remarks
mm
62 Yes
49 Yes
45 No
43 No
49 Yes
7. Wheel and tyre combinations, Amarok 67
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Amarok, type approval model code 2H
Type approval no. e1*2007/46*0356*03
Note
♦
General notes on winter tyres ⇒ page 21
♦
General notes on snow chains ⇒ page 22
♦
Summer tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen
⇒ page 249
♦
The Amarok is not factory-fitted with winter tyres
⇒ page 272 .
♦
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap
or in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 10.3 .
Overview
Model
engine output
90 kW TDI
120 kW TDI
diesel engines
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
Standard
tyres
Modification 245/65 R 17 111T XL 8 J x 17
Winter tyres 245/65 R 17 111T XL 8 J x 17
245/70 R 16 111T XL
245/70 R 17 110T
XL
1)
255/60 R 18 112T XL
255/55 R 19 111T XL 8 J x 19
245/70 R 17 110T
1)
XL
61/2 J x 16
⇒
page 70
⇒
page 70
8 J x 17
⇒
page 70
71/2 J x 18
⇒
page 70
⇒
page 71
⇒
page 70
8 J x 17
⇒
page 70
set in
mm
62 Yes
49 Yes
49 Yes
45 No
43 No
49 Yes
49 Yes
Snow
chains
Remarks
1)
Not for vehicles with a gross vehicle weight of 3170 kg. Only in
conjunction with rear bumper.
68 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Amarok, type approval model code 2H
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0356*04 to 07
Amarok, type approval model code 2HS2
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0750*00 to 03
Note
♦
General notes on winter tyres ⇒ page 21
♦
General notes on snow chains ⇒ page 22
♦
Summer tyre makes recommended by Volkswagen
⇒ page 249
♦
The Amarok is not factory-fitted with winter tyres
⇒ page 272 .
♦
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap
or in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 10.3 .
Overview
Model
engine output
90 kW TDI
120 kW TDI
132 kW TDI
diesel engines
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
Standard
tyres
Modification 245/65 R 17 111T XL 8 J x 17
245/70 R 16 111T XL
245/70 R 17 110T
1)
XL
255/60 R 18 112T XL
265/60 R 18 112T
1)
XL
61/2 J x 16
⇒
page 70
⇒
page 70
8 J x 17
⇒
page 70
71/2 J x 18
⇒
page 70
71/2 J x 18
⇒
page 70
255/55 R 19 111T XL 8 J x 19
⇒
page 71
Winter tyres 245/65 R 17 111T XL 8 J x 17
⇒
page 70
245/70 R 17 110T
1)
XL
8 J x 17
⇒
page 70
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Snow
set in
chains
mm
62 Yes
49 Yes
49 Yes
45 No
45 No
43 No
49 Yes
49 Yes
Remarks
1)
Not for vehicles with a gross vehicle weight of 3170 kg. Only in
conjunction with rear bumper.
7.4 Wheel allocation for vehicles with wheel house extension
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
7. Wheel and tyre combinations, Amarok 69
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels
Pitch circle diameter: 120 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 5
7.4.1 61/2 J x 16
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 67 .
2H0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 67
Size:
61/2 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 62
Wheel load in kg: 930
7.4.2 8 J x 17
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 67 .
2H0 601 025 D - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 67
Size: 8 J x 17
Wheel offset in mm: 49
Wheel load in kg: 930
7.4.3 71/2 J x 18
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 67 .
Caution
70 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
2H0 601 025 B - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 67
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Size:
71/2 J x 18
Wheel offset in mm: 45
Wheel load in kg: 930
7.4.4 8 J x 19
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 67 .
2H0 601 025 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 67
Size: 8 J x 19
Wheel offset in mm: 43
Wheel load in kg: 930
7. Wheel and tyre combinations, Amarok 71
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
8 Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy
model year 1996 to model year 2002
General
Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in
safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use
of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. This can be recognised
by way of the VW/Audi logo and the part number. It has been
established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.
Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other
products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have
been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official
approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if
these products are installed.
WARNING
The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Volkswagen
genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque
specifications and so on.
Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.
The wheel/tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle ta‐
bles refer exclusively to Volkswagen genuine rims. Approval of
wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the ac‐
cessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached
here.
WARNING
The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheel rims
from Volkswagen genuine accessories may differ from those
intended for wheel rims from Volkswagen genuine parts.
Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel
bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.
8.1 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Kombi, type 9KV and Caddy panel van, type 9KVF, model year 1996 to model year 2002
Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1484/02
The parts certificate can be found on the ServiceNet for Volks‐
wagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides; LCV
wheels and tyres guide.
Type approval no.: e9*93/81*0007*00 to e9*93/81*0007*06
Type approval no.: e9*98/14*0007*07 to e9*98/14*0007*14
GTA number H337
Overview
Model
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
engine output
Up to 55 kW pet‐
rol engine with
950 kg maxi‐
mum axle load;
Standard
tyres
175/65 R 14 82R
51/2 J x 14
⇒
page 74
72 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
set in
Snow
chains
Remarks
mm
35 Yes General notes on
winter tyres
⇒ page 21
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Model
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
engine output
Up to 47 kW die‐
sel engine with
950 kg maxi‐
Modification 185/60 R 14 82R 6 J x 14
⇒
page 74
mum axle load
185/60 R 14 82S*
⇒ page 73
6 J x 14
⇒
page 74
Winter tyres 175/65 R 14 82Q 6 J x 14
⇒
page 74
185/60 R 14 82Q**
⇒ page 73
6 J x 14
⇒
page 74
66 kW TDI and
950 kg maxi‐
mum axle load
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 29 .
8.2 Wheel allocation for Caddy Kombi type
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Repairing
wheel bearing
Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 4
Standard
tyres
175/65 R 14 82R
51/2 J x 14
⇒
page 74
175/65 R 14 82S*
⇒ page 73
Modification 185/60 R 14 82S 6 J x 14
Winter tyres 175/65 R 14 82Q 6 J x 14
9 KV and Caddy panel van type 9KVF,
model year 1996 to model year 2002
185/60 R 14 82Q**
⇒ page 73
51/2 J x 14
⇒
page 74
⇒
page 74
⇒
page 74
6 J x 14
⇒
page 74
set in
Snow
chains
Remarks
mm
38 Yes Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
38 Yes
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 249
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 263
38 Yes
38 Yes
35 Yes
The winter tyres
175/65 R 14 82Q are
not always entered in
the vehicle docu‐
mentation. If neces‐
sary, they must be
subsequently en‐
tered.
73
* For vehicles from
01.2000, S-tyres are
⇒
required.
** Valid only for vehi‐
cles from 09.99
35 Yes
38 Yes**
page
38 Yes
38 Yes
8. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy model year 1996 to model year 2002 73
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
8.2.1 51/2 J x 14
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 72 .
For all vehicles up to max. axle load of 950 kg
6K9 601 027 A, 6K9 601 027 B - Wheel and tyre combination
⇒ page 72
Size:
51/2 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm: 35
Wheel load in kg: 530
8.2.2 6 J x 14
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 72 .
For all vehicles up to max. axle load of 950 kg
6K9 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 73
Size: 6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm: 38
Wheel load in kg: 530
321 601 025 H - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 73
Size: 6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm: 38
Wheel load in kg: 500
74 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
357 601 025 A/Q - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 73
Size: 6 J x 14
Wheel offset in mm: 38
Wheel load in kg: 530
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
8. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy model year 1996 to model year 2002 75
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
9 Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy
pickup, model year 1997 to model
year 2002
General
Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in
safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use
of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. This can be recognised
by way of the VW/Audi logo and the part number. It has been
established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.
Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other
products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have
been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official
approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if
these products are installed.
WARNING
The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Volkswagen
genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque
specifications and so on.
Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.
The wheel/tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle ta‐
bles refer exclusively to Volkswagen genuine rims. Approval of
wheel and tyre combinations or a change to wheels from the ac‐
cessories trade is not possible with the parts certificate attached
here.
WARNING
The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheel rims
from Volkswagen genuine accessories may differ from those
intended for wheel rims from Volkswagen genuine parts.
Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel
bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.
9.1 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy pickup, type 9U, model year 1997 to model year 2002
Appendix 2 to Parts Certificate 1484/02
The parts certificate can be found on the ServiceNet for Volks‐
wagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides; LCV
wheels and tyres guide.
GTA number H498
Overview
Model
engine output
All models Standard
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
set in
Snow
chains
mm
tyres
165/80 R 13 83T
51/2 J x 13
⇒
38 Yes General notes on
page 77
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
Remarks
winter tyres
⇒ page 21
Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
76 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Model
engine output
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
set in
mm
Winter tyres 165/80 R 13 83Q*
⇒ page 77
51/2 J x 13
⇒
38 Yes ♦ Summer tyres
page 77
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 12.1 .
9.2 Wheel allocation Caddy pickup, type 9U, model year 1997 to model year 2002
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 40 ; Repairing front wheel suspension; II - Wheel bear‐
ing, suspension strut, removing and installing drive shaft
Pitch circle diameter: 100 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 4
9.2.1 51/2 J x 13
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 76 .
1H0 601 025 A - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 76
Size:
Wheel offset in mm: 38
Wheel load in kg: 450
Caution
51/2 J x 13
Snow
chains
Remarks
⇒ page 250
* For vehicles regis‐
tered in German, an
entry must be made
in the vehicle regis‐
tration document!
9. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy pickup, model year 1997 to model year 2002 77
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
10 Wheel and tyre combinations, Cad‐
dy, from model year 2004 to 2011
(model code 2K)
General
Volkswagen vehicles are built according to the latest findings in
safety engineering. To keep it that way, we recommend the use
of only genuine Volkswagen spare parts. This can be recognised
by way of the VW/Audi logo and the part number. It has been
established that these parts are reliable, safe and suitable.
Despite constant appraisal of the market, we cannot assess other
products on these points, even when in isolated cases they have
been passed by official inspectors or have been granted official
approval. Therefore, we cannot, of course, assume any liability if
these products are installed.
WARNING
The products from Volkswagen genuine parts and Volkswagen
genuine accessories may differ in fitting requirements, torque
specifications and so on.
Always follow the respective fitting and operating instructions.
The wheel/tyre combinations or changes listed in the vehicle ta‐
bles refer exclusively to Volkswagen genuine rims. Approval of
accessory wheel/tyre combinations or retrofitting accessory rims
is not possible using the certificate statement attached here.
WARNING
The fitting instructions and torque specifications for wheel rims
from Volkswagen genuine accessories may differ from those
intended for wheel rims from Volkswagen genuine parts.
Therefore, always observe the torque settings for the wheel
bolts as well as the respective fitting and operating instructions.
10.1 Appendix for certificate statement, Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA, model year 2004 to model year 2008
Appendix for certificate statement 8107901117
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
Caution
Caddy vehicles from model year 2004 will be listed with im‐
mediate effect by the sales types and not by the type approval
model codes.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval number are listed as follows.
78 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Caddy, type approval model code 2KN Caddy, registered as a
goods vehicle
General type approval number: L320 supplements 00 to 21
Overview
Model
engine output
1.4 l 55 kW,
1.4 l 59 kW,
1.6 l 75 kW
petrol engines
2.0 l 51 kW SDI,
1.9 l 55 kW TDI,
1.9 l 77 kW TDI
diesel engines
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
Standard
tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
Standard
tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
2.0 l 80 kW Eco‐
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Fuel
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
page 81
Natural gas en‐
gine
Winter tyres
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
on vehicles
with maxi‐
page 81
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
Winter tyres
on vehicles
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
2.0 l 103 kW TDI
diesel engine
Standard
tyres
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
page 82
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
Winter tyres 205/55 R 16 94T
6 J x 16
reinforced/XL
page 82
Snow
set in
chains
mm
47 Yes General information
⇒
47 Yes
⇒
50 Yes
⇒
50 Yes
⇒
Remarks
on:
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 21
♦ Snow chains
⇒ page 22
Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 250
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 263
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 272
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39 .
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 79
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
10.2 Appendix for certificate statement, Caddy panel van, sales type 2KA, from model year 2009 to model year 2011
Appendix for certificate statement 8107901117
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
Caution
The list is based on the sales types.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval number are listed as follows.
Caddy, type approval model code 2KN Caddy, registered as a
goods vehicle
General type approval number: L320 supplements 22 to 26
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0217*00 to 03
Caution
Vehicles from type approval number e1*2007/46*0217*04
⇒ page 95 .
Overview
Model
engine output
1.4 l 59 kW;
1.6 l 75 kW;
petrol engines
2.0 l 51 kW SDI,
1.9 l 55 kW TDI,
1.9 l 77 kW TDI
diesel engines
2.0 l 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
Natural gas en‐
gine
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
set in
mm
Standard
tyres
on vehicles
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
⇒
page 81
47 Yes General information
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
Standard
tyres
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
on vehicles
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
Modification 205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL1)
6 J x 16
2)
⇒
50 Yes
page 82
Winter tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
⇒
page 81
47 Yes
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
Snow
chains
Remarks
on:
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 21
♦ Snow chains
⇒ page 22
Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 250
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 263
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 272
80 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Model
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
engine output
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL1)
6 J x 16
2)
⇒
page 82
Winter tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
6 J x 15
⇒
page 81
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL1)
6 J x 16
2)
⇒
page 82
2.0 l 77 kW TDI;
2.0 l 103 kW TDI;
diesel engine
1)
Not for Caddy BlueMotion, Caddy 4MOTION or vehicles with
production control number 0J3 (extra payload) and 0J8 (in‐
creased payload 800 kg)
2)
Tyres 205/55 R 16 94T/H on 6 J x 16 rims with an offset of 50
are only possible in combination with wheel housing extensions
on rear wheel housings!
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39 .
10.3 Wheel allocation for Caddy panel van,
Caddy, type approval model code 2KN Caddy, registered as a
goods vehicle
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels
Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm
Standard
tyres
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Winter tyres 205/55 R 16 94T
sales type 2KA, from model year 2004
to model year 2011
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
reinforced/XL
2)
page 82
⇒
6 J x 16
6 J x 16
2)
⇒
page 82
Number of wheel bolt holes: 5
set in
Snow
chains
Remarks
mm
50 Yes
47 Yes
50 Yes
50 Yes
50 Yes
10.3.1 6 J x 15
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 79 .
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 81
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 650
2K0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 650
1K0 601 027 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79
Vehicles with maximum permissible axle load of 1230 kg
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 615
10.3.2 6 J x 16
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 79 .
2K3 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79
Size: 6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 50
Wheel load in kg: 650
82 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
2K3 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 79
Size: 6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 50
Wheel load in kg: 650
10.4 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH, from
Appendix for certificate statement 8107901117
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
model year 2008 to model year 2011
Caution
The list is based on the sales types.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval number are listed as follows.
Caddy Maxi, type approval model code 2KN Caddy, registered
as a goods vehicle
General type approval number: L320 supplements 18 to 26
Type approval no.: e1*2007/46*0217*00 to 03
Caution
Vehicles from type approval number e1*2007/46*0217*04
⇒ page 95 .
Overview
Model
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
engine output
1.6 l 75 kW
petrol engine
Standard
tyres
on vehicles
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
⇒
page 92
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
set
Snow
chains
Remarks
in
mm
47 Yes General information
on:
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 21
♦ Snow chains
⇒ page 22
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 83
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Model
engine output
1.9 l 77 kW TDI
diesel engine
2.0 l 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
Natural gas en‐
gine
2.0 l 77 kW TDI;
2.0 l 103 kW TDI;
diesel engine
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
Standard
tyres
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
on vehicles
6 J x 16
page 93
Snow
set
chains
in
mm
50 Yes Tyre makes recom‐
⇒
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
Modification 205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
50 Yes
page 93
Winter tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
1)
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
6 J x 15
page 92
page 92
47 Yes
⇒
47 Yes
⇒
to 1230 kg
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
50 Yes
page 93
Winter tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
50 Yes
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
Standard
tyres
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
50 Yes
page 86
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
Winter tyres 205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
50 Yes
page 93
Remarks
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 250
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 263
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 272
1)
Not on vehicles with production control number 0J3 (extra pay‐
load)
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39 .
84 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
10.5 Wheel allocation for Caddy Maxi panel van, sales type 2KH, from model year 2008 to model year 2011
Caddy, type approval model code 2KN Caddy, registered as a
goods vehicle
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels
Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 5
10.5.1 6 J x 15
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 83 .
2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 83
Size: 6 J x 15
Caution
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Wheel load in kg: 650
2K0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 83
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 650
1K0 601 027 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 83
Vehicles with maximum permissible axle load of 1230 kg
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 615
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 85
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
10.5.2 6 J x 16
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 83 .
2K3 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 84
Size: 6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 50
Wheel load in kg: 650
2K3 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 84
Size: 6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 50
Wheel load in kg: 650
10.6 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB, model year
Appendix for certificate statement 8107901117
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
Caddy vehicles from model year 2004 will be listed with im‐
mediate effect by the sales types and not by the type approval
model codes.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval number are listed as follows.
2004 to model year 2008
Caution
86 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Caddy Life, type approval model code 2K, passenger carrying
vehicle
General type approval number: e1*2001/116*0252*00 to
e1*2001/116*0252*18
Overview
Model
engine output
1.4 l 55 kW,
1.4 l 59 kW,
1.6 l 75 kW
petrol engines
2.0 l 51 kW SDI,
1.9 l 55 kW TDI,
1.9 l 77 kW TDI
diesel engines
2.0 l, 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
only for vehicles
with max. 5 seats
2.0 l, 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
for vehicles with
up to 7 seats
2.0 l 103 kW TDI
diesel engine
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
set in
mm
Standard
tyres
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
⇒
47 Yes General information
page 89
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Winter tyres 195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
Standard
tyres
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
page 89
6 J x 15
47 Yes
⇒
47 Yes
⇒
page 89
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Winter tyres 195/65 R 15 95T
Standard
tyres
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Winter tyres 205/55 R 16 94T
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
6 J x 15
reinforced/XL
⇒
page 89
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
page 90
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
47 Yes
50 Yes
50 Yes
page 90
chains
Snow
Remarks
on:
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 21
♦ Snow chains
⇒ page 22
Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 251
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 264
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 273
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39 .
10.7 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Kombi, sales type 2KB, from model year 2009 to model year 2011
Appendix for certificate statement 8107901117
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 87
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Caution
The list is based on the sales types.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval number are listed as follows.
Caddy Life, type approval model code 2K, passenger carrying
vehicle
Type approval no.: e1*2001/116*0252*19 to
e1*2001/116*0252*27
Overview
Model
engine output
1.4 l 59 kW;
1.6 l 75 kW;
petrol engines
2.0 l 51 kW SDI,
1.9 l 55 kW TDI,
1.9 l 77 kW TDI
diesel engines
2.0 l, 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
only for vehicles
with max. 5 seats
2.0 l, 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
for vehicles with
up to 7 seats
2.0 l 77 kW;
2.0 l 103 kW TDI
diesel engines
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
set in
Snow
chains
mm
Standard
tyres
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
⇒
47 Yes General information
page 89
Modification 205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL1)
Winter tyres 195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
2)
6 J x 16
page 90
50 Yes
⇒
47 Yes
⇒
page 89
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL1)
6 J x 16
2)
⇒
50 Yes
page 90
Standard
tyres
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
6 J x 15
⇒
47 Yes
page 89
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Winter tyres 195/65 R 15 95T
Standard
tyres
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
6 J x 15
reinforced/XL
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
2)
⇒
page 89
6 J x 16
⇒
47 Yes
50 Yes
page 90
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
Winter tyres 205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
2)
6 J x 16
⇒
50 Yes
page 90
Remarks
on:
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 21
♦ Snow chains
⇒ page 22
Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 251
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 264
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 273
1)
Not for Caddy BlueMotion, Caddy 4MOTION or vehicles with
production control number 0J1 (max. permissible weight 2000 kg)
88 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
2)
Tyres 205/55 R 16 94T/H on 6 J x 16 rims with an offset of 50
are only possible in combination with wheel housing extensions
on rear wheel housings!
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39 .
10.8 Wheel allocation for Caddy Kombi,
Caddy Life, type approval model code 2K, passenger carrying
vehicle
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels
Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 5
10.8.1 6 J x 15
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 87 .
sales type 2KB, from model year 2004
to model year 2011
Caution
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
1K0 601 027 C - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 87
For vehicles with maximum permitted axle load of 1,230 kg
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 615
2K0 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 87
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 650
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 89
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
2K0 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 87
Size: 6 J x 15
Wheel offset in mm: 47
Wheel load in kg: 650
10.8.2 6 J x 16
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 87 .
2K3 601 027 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 87
Size: 6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 50
Wheel load in kg: 650
2K3 601 025 - Wheel and tyre combination ⇒ page 87
Size: 6 J x 16
Wheel offset in mm: 50
Wheel load in kg: 650
10.9 Appendix for parts certificate, Caddy Maxi Kombi, sales type 2KJ, from
Appendix for certificate statement 8107901117
The certificate statement can be found on the ServiceNet for
Volkswagen commercial vehicles under Technology; Guides;
LCV wheel and tyre guide.
model year 2008 to model year 2011
90 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Caution
The list is based on the sales types.
The type approval model codes and the associated type ap‐
proval number are listed as follows.
Caddy Life, type approval model code 2K, passenger carrying
vehicle
Type approval no.: e1*2001/116*0252*15 to
e1*2001/116*0252*27
Overview
Model
engine output
1.6 l 75 kW
petrol engine
1.9 l 77 kW TDI
diesel engine
2.0 l 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
for vehicles with
max. 5 seats
not for PR. num‐
ber: 0J5 (in‐
creased payload)
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
Standard
tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
Standard
tyres
on vehicles
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
page 92
6 J x 16
page 93
⇒
⇒
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
Modification 205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
Winter tyres
on vehicles
with maxi‐
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load up
to 1230 kg
Winter tyres
on vehicles
195/65 R 15 91T 6 J x 15
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
with maxi‐
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
⇒
page 92
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
mum permis‐
sible rear
axle load
above 1230
kg
Standard
tyres
195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
6 J x 15
⇒ page 89
set in
Snow
chains
Remarks
mm
47 Yes General information
50 Yes
50 Yes
47 Yes
50 Yes
50 Yes
47 Yes
on:
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 21
♦ Snow chains
⇒ page 22
Tyre makes recom‐
mended by Volkswa‐
gen:
♦ Summer tyres
⇒ page 251
♦ All-season tyres
⇒ page 264
♦ Winter tyres
⇒ page 273
10. Wheel and tyre combinations, Caddy, from model year 2004 to 2011 (model code 2K) 91
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
b
y
c
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
.
C
o
p
y
i
n
g
f
o
r
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
o
r
c
o
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
p
u
r
p
o
s
e
s
,
i
n
p
a
r
t
o
r
i
n
w
h
o
l
e
,
i
s
n
o
t
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d
u
n
l
e
s
s
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
s
e
d
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
o
r
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
y
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
w
i
t
h
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
t
o
t
h
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
n
e
s
s
o
f
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
.
C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t
b
y
V
o
l
k
s
w
a
g
e
n
A
G
.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy Kasten/Kombi 1996 ➤ ...
Wheels and Tyres Guide - Edition 11.2012
Model
Tyres Tyre size Rim Off‐
engine output
Modification 205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
2.0 l 77 kW TDI;
2.0 l 103 kW TDI;
diesel engine
2.0 l 80 kW Eco‐
Fuel
for vehicles
up to 7 seats
or
PR. number: 0J5
(increased pay‐
load)
Tyre pressures can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap or
in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39 .
10.10 Wheel allocation for Caddy Maxi Kombi,
Caddy Life, type approval model code 2K, passenger carrying
vehicle
Explanation of details on rims ⇒ page 55
Specified torques for wheel bolts ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering;
Winter tyres 195/65 R 15 95T
reinforced/XL
205/55 R 16 94T
reinforced/XL
Standard
tyres
Modification Apart from the standard wheel and tyre combina‐
Winter tyres 205/55 R 16 94T
sales type 2KJ, from model year 2008 to
model year 2011
205/55 R 16 94H
reinforced/XL
tions, no other modifications are permissible!
reinforced/XL
6 J x 15
⇒ page 89
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
6 J x 16
⇒
page 93
Rep. gr. 44 ; Fitting wheels and tyres; Fitting wheels
set in
mm
50 Yes
47 Yes
50 Yes
50 Yes
50 Yes
Snow
chains
Remarks
Pitch circle diameter: 112 mm
Number of wheel bolt holes: 5
10.10.1 6 J x 15
Caution
Observe the allocation of wheels/tyres to the respective en‐
gines, which are listed in the overview table ⇒ page 91 .
92 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
Loading...